Home | History | Annotate | Download | only in Sema
      1 //===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
      2 //
      3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
      4 //
      5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
      6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
      7 //
      8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
      9 //
     10 // This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
     11 // builds ASTs.
     12 //
     13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
     14 
     15 #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
     16 #define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
     17 
     18 #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
     19 #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
     20 #include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
     21 #include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
     22 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
     23 #include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
     24 #include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h"
     25 #include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
     26 #include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
     27 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
     28 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
     29 #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
     30 #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
     31 #include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h"
     32 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
     33 #include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
     34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
     35 #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
     36 #include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
     37 #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
     38 #include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
     39 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
     40 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
     41 #include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
     42 #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
     43 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
     44 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
     45 #include <deque>
     46 #include <string>
     47 
     48 namespace llvm {
     49   class APSInt;
     50   template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
     51   template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
     52   class SmallBitVector;
     53 }
     54 
     55 namespace clang {
     56   class ADLResult;
     57   class ASTConsumer;
     58   class ASTContext;
     59   class ASTMutationListener;
     60   class ASTReader;
     61   class ASTWriter;
     62   class ArrayType;
     63   class AttributeList;
     64   class BlockDecl;
     65   class CXXBasePath;
     66   class CXXBasePaths;
     67   class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
     68   typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
     69   class CXXConstructorDecl;
     70   class CXXConversionDecl;
     71   class CXXDestructorDecl;
     72   class CXXFieldCollector;
     73   class CXXMemberCallExpr;
     74   class CXXMethodDecl;
     75   class CXXScopeSpec;
     76   class CXXTemporary;
     77   class CXXTryStmt;
     78   class CallExpr;
     79   class ClassTemplateDecl;
     80   class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
     81   class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
     82   class CodeCompleteConsumer;
     83   class CodeCompletionAllocator;
     84   class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
     85   class CodeCompletionResult;
     86   class Decl;
     87   class DeclAccessPair;
     88   class DeclContext;
     89   class DeclRefExpr;
     90   class DeclaratorDecl;
     91   class DeducedTemplateArgument;
     92   class DependentDiagnostic;
     93   class DesignatedInitExpr;
     94   class Designation;
     95   class EnumConstantDecl;
     96   class Expr;
     97   class ExtVectorType;
     98   class ExternalSemaSource;
     99   class FormatAttr;
    100   class FriendDecl;
    101   class FunctionDecl;
    102   class FunctionProtoType;
    103   class FunctionTemplateDecl;
    104   class ImplicitConversionSequence;
    105   class InitListExpr;
    106   class InitializationKind;
    107   class InitializationSequence;
    108   class InitializedEntity;
    109   class IntegerLiteral;
    110   class LabelStmt;
    111   class LambdaExpr;
    112   class LangOptions;
    113   class LocalInstantiationScope;
    114   class LookupResult;
    115   class MacroInfo;
    116   class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
    117   class NamedDecl;
    118   class NonNullAttr;
    119   class ObjCCategoryDecl;
    120   class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
    121   class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
    122   class ObjCContainerDecl;
    123   class ObjCImplDecl;
    124   class ObjCImplementationDecl;
    125   class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
    126   class ObjCIvarDecl;
    127   template <class T> class ObjCList;
    128   class ObjCMessageExpr;
    129   class ObjCMethodDecl;
    130   class ObjCPropertyDecl;
    131   class ObjCProtocolDecl;
    132   class OverloadCandidateSet;
    133   class OverloadExpr;
    134   class ParenListExpr;
    135   class ParmVarDecl;
    136   class Preprocessor;
    137   class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
    138   class PseudoObjectExpr;
    139   class QualType;
    140   class StandardConversionSequence;
    141   class Stmt;
    142   class StringLiteral;
    143   class SwitchStmt;
    144   class TargetAttributesSema;
    145   class TemplateArgument;
    146   class TemplateArgumentList;
    147   class TemplateArgumentLoc;
    148   class TemplateDecl;
    149   class TemplateParameterList;
    150   class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
    151   class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
    152   class Token;
    153   class TypeAliasDecl;
    154   class TypedefDecl;
    155   class TypedefNameDecl;
    156   class TypeLoc;
    157   class UnqualifiedId;
    158   class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
    159   class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
    160   class UnresolvedSetImpl;
    161   class UnresolvedSetIterator;
    162   class UsingDecl;
    163   class UsingShadowDecl;
    164   class ValueDecl;
    165   class VarDecl;
    166   class VisibilityAttr;
    167   class VisibleDeclConsumer;
    168   class IndirectFieldDecl;
    169 
    170 namespace sema {
    171   class AccessedEntity;
    172   class BlockScopeInfo;
    173   class CapturingScopeInfo;
    174   class CompoundScopeInfo;
    175   class DelayedDiagnostic;
    176   class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
    177   class FunctionScopeInfo;
    178   class LambdaScopeInfo;
    179   class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
    180   class TemplateDeductionInfo;
    181 }
    182 
    183 // FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
    184 // TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
    185 typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
    186                   SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
    187 
    188 /// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
    189 class Sema {
    190   Sema(const Sema&);           // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
    191   void operator=(const Sema&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
    192   mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema;
    193 public:
    194   typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
    195   typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
    196   typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
    197 
    198   OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
    199   FPOptions FPFeatures;
    200 
    201   const LangOptions &LangOpts;
    202   Preprocessor &PP;
    203   ASTContext &Context;
    204   ASTConsumer &Consumer;
    205   DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
    206   SourceManager &SourceMgr;
    207 
    208   /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
    209   bool CollectStats;
    210 
    211   /// \brief Source of additional semantic information.
    212   ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
    213 
    214   /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
    215   CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
    216 
    217   /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
    218   DeclContext *CurContext;
    219 
    220   /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
    221   /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
    222   DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
    223 
    224   /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
    225   /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
    226   DeclarationName VAListTagName;
    227 
    228   /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment
    229   /// of 0 indicates default alignment.
    230   void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*"
    231 
    232   bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
    233 
    234   /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
    235   void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
    236 
    237   /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context
    238   /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion.
    239   bool ExprNeedsCleanups;
    240 
    241   /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
    242   /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression.  The
    243   /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
    244   SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
    245 
    246   llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> MaybeODRUseExprs;
    247 
    248   /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
    249   /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
    250   ///
    251   /// This array is never empty.  Clients should ignore the first
    252   /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
    253   /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
    254   SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
    255 
    256   typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
    257                      &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
    258     ExtVectorDeclsType;
    259 
    260   /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
    261   /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
    262   /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
    263   ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
    264 
    265   /// \brief The set of types for which we have already complained about the
    266   /// definitions being hidden.
    267   ///
    268   /// This set is used to suppress redundant diagnostics.
    269   llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl *, 4> HiddenDefinitions;
    270 
    271   /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
    272   OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
    273 
    274   typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
    275 
    276   /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
    277   NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
    278 
    279   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
    280 
    281   /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
    282   /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
    283   /// same list more than once.
    284   OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
    285 
    286   /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
    287   /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
    288   llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
    289 
    290   /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent
    291   /// locally-scoped external declaration with that name.
    292   ///
    293   /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local
    294   /// scoped, e.g.,
    295   ///
    296   /// \code
    297   /// void f() {
    298   ///   void foo(int, int);
    299   /// }
    300   /// \endcode
    301   ///
    302   /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration on
    303   /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of
    304   /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases:
    305   ///
    306   ///   - If we are declaring another external with the name "foo", we
    307   ///     can find "foo" as a previous declaration, so that the types
    308   ///     of this external declaration can be checked for
    309   ///     compatibility.
    310   ///
    311   ///   - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to
    312   ///     "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then
    313   ///     we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is
    314   ///     not visible.
    315   llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternalDecls;
    316 
    317   /// \brief Look for a locally scoped external declaration by the given name.
    318   llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator
    319   findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name);
    320 
    321   typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
    322                      &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
    323     TentativeDefinitionsType;
    324 
    325   /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
    326   TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
    327 
    328   typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
    329                      &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
    330     UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
    331 
    332   /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
    333   /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
    334   UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
    335 
    336   typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
    337                      &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
    338     DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
    339 
    340   /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
    341   /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
    342   DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
    343 
    344   /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their
    345   /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed
    346   /// exception spec.
    347   SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs;
    348 
    349   /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition
    350   /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception
    351   /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor.
    352   SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*,
    353                               const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2>
    354       DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks;
    355 
    356   /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
    357   typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD);
    358   LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
    359   void *OpaqueParser;
    360 
    361   void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) {
    362     LateTemplateParser = LTP;
    363     OpaqueParser = P;
    364   }
    365 
    366   class DelayedDiagnostics;
    367 
    368   class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
    369     sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
    370     friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
    371   };
    372   typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
    373   typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
    374 
    375   /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
    376   /// during parsing and other processing.
    377   class DelayedDiagnostics {
    378     /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
    379     /// diagnostics should go.
    380     sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
    381 
    382   public:
    383     DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {}
    384 
    385     /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
    386     void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
    387 
    388     /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
    389     bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; }
    390 
    391     /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
    392     sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
    393       return CurPool;
    394     }
    395 
    396     /// Enter a new scope.  Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
    397     /// collected in this pool.
    398     DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
    399       DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
    400       state.SavedPool = CurPool;
    401       CurPool = &pool;
    402       return state;
    403     }
    404 
    405     /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
    406     /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics.  This is performed as part
    407     /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
    408     void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
    409       CurPool = state.SavedPool;
    410     }
    411 
    412     /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
    413     /// not delayed.
    414     DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
    415       DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
    416       state.SavedPool = CurPool;
    417       CurPool = 0;
    418       return state;
    419     }
    420 
    421     /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
    422     void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
    423       assert(CurPool == NULL);
    424       CurPool = state.SavedPool;
    425     }
    426   } DelayedDiagnostics;
    427 
    428   /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
    429   class ContextRAII {
    430   private:
    431     Sema &S;
    432     DeclContext *SavedContext;
    433     ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
    434     QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
    435 
    436   public:
    437     ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush)
    438       : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
    439         SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
    440         SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
    441     {
    442       assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
    443       S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
    444     }
    445 
    446     void pop() {
    447       if (!SavedContext) return;
    448       S.CurContext = SavedContext;
    449       S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
    450       S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
    451       SavedContext = 0;
    452     }
    453 
    454     ~ContextRAII() {
    455       pop();
    456     }
    457   };
    458 
    459   /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
    460   /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
    461   /// identifier, declared or undeclared
    462   llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
    463 
    464   /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
    465   /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared.  Used in Solaris system headers
    466   /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
    467   /// in the currently selected standard.
    468   llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
    469 
    470 
    471   /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
    472   void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
    473 
    474   /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
    475   /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
    476   /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
    477   /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
    478   /// It would be best to refactor this.
    479   SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
    480 
    481   IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
    482 
    483   /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
    484   /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
    485   /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
    486   Scope *TUScope;
    487 
    488   /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
    489   LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
    490 
    491   /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
    492   /// standard library.
    493   LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
    494 
    495   /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
    496   /// \<initializer_list>.
    497   ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
    498 
    499   /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
    500   RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
    501 
    502   /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
    503   RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
    504 
    505   /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
    506   llvm::OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
    507 
    508   /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
    509   ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
    510 
    511   /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
    512   QualType NSNumberPointer;
    513 
    514   /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
    515   ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
    516 
    517   /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
    518   ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
    519 
    520   /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
    521   QualType NSStringPointer;
    522 
    523   /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
    524   ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
    525 
    526   /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
    527   ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
    528 
    529   /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
    530   ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
    531 
    532   /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
    533   ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
    534 
    535   /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
    536   ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
    537 
    538   /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
    539   QualType QIDNSCopying;
    540 
    541   /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
    542   /// have been declared.
    543   bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
    544 
    545   /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
    546   /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
    547   enum ExpressionEvaluationContext {
    548     /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
    549     /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
    550     /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
    551     /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
    552     /// run time.
    553     Unevaluated,
    554 
    555     /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
    556     /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
    557     /// cases in a switch statment).
    558     ConstantEvaluated,
    559 
    560     /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
    561     /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
    562     /// expression at run time.
    563     PotentiallyEvaluated,
    564 
    565     /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
    566     /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
    567     /// in fact the current expression is used.
    568     ///
    569     /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
    570     /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
    571     /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
    572     /// until the default argument is used.
    573     PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
    574   };
    575 
    576   /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
    577   /// expression evaluation contexts.
    578   struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
    579     /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
    580     ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
    581 
    582     /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
    583     bool ParentNeedsCleanups;
    584 
    585     /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
    586     bool IsDecltype;
    587 
    588     /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
    589     /// this expression evaluation context.
    590     unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
    591 
    592     llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
    593 
    594     /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
    595     /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
    596     llvm::SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
    597 
    598     /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression
    599     /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a
    600     /// default function argument.
    601     Decl *LambdaContextDecl;
    602 
    603     /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
    604     /// within this context.
    605     ///
    606     /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
    607     /// do not have lambda expressions.
    608     LambdaMangleContext *LambdaMangle;
    609 
    610     /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
    611     /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
    612     llvm::SmallVector<CallExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
    613 
    614     /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
    615     /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
    616     llvm::SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
    617 
    618     ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
    619                                       unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
    620                                       bool ParentNeedsCleanups,
    621                                       Decl *LambdaContextDecl,
    622                                       bool IsDecltype)
    623       : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups),
    624         IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
    625         LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { }
    626 
    627     ~ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord() {
    628       delete LambdaMangle;
    629     }
    630 
    631     /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas.
    632     LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() {
    633       assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration");
    634       if (!LambdaMangle)
    635         LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext;
    636       return *LambdaMangle;
    637     }
    638   };
    639 
    640   /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
    641   SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
    642 
    643   /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
    644   /// function.
    645   ///
    646   /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
    647   /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
    648   class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode {
    649   public:
    650     enum Kind {
    651       NoMemberOrDeleted,
    652       Ambiguous,
    653       Success
    654     };
    655 
    656   private:
    657     llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
    658 
    659   public:
    660     SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
    661       : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
    662     {}
    663 
    664     CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
    665     void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
    666 
    667     Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
    668     void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
    669   };
    670 
    671   /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
    672   /// for C++ records.
    673   llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache;
    674 
    675   /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
    676   ///
    677   /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
    678   /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
    679   /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
    680   /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
    681   /// checks.
    682   TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
    683 
    684   llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
    685 
    686   /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
    687   unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
    688 
    689   typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> >
    690     UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
    691 
    692   /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
    693   /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
    694   ///
    695   /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
    696   /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
    697   /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
    698   /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
    699   UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
    700 
    701   // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
    702   // argument locations.
    703   llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *,SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
    704 
    705   /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects with
    706   /// internal linkage in this translation unit.
    707   llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, SourceLocation> UndefinedInternals;
    708 
    709   typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
    710   typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
    711 
    712   /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
    713   /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
    714   /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
    715   /// of selectors are "overloaded").
    716   GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
    717 
    718   /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
    719   /// of -Wselector.
    720   llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
    721 
    722   void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
    723 
    724   /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
    725   bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
    726 
    727   /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
    728   /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
    729   /// should not be used elsewhere.
    730   void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
    731 
    732 public:
    733   Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
    734        TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
    735        CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0);
    736   ~Sema();
    737 
    738   /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
    739   /// initialized but before it parses anything.
    740   void Initialize();
    741 
    742   const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
    743   OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
    744   FPOptions     &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
    745 
    746   DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
    747   SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
    748   const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const;
    749   Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
    750   ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
    751   ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
    752   ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
    753 
    754   void PrintStats() const;
    755 
    756   /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
    757   /// template instantiation stacks.
    758   ///
    759   /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
    760   /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
    761   /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
    762   /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
    763   /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
    764   /// well.
    765   class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
    766     Sema &SemaRef;
    767     unsigned DiagID;
    768 
    769   public:
    770     SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
    771       : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
    772 
    773     ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
    774       // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
    775       if (!isActive()) return;
    776 
    777       // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
    778       // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
    779       // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
    780       //
    781       // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
    782       // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
    783       // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
    784       // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
    785       // eliminate that code.
    786       FlushCounts();
    787       Clear();
    788 
    789       // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
    790       SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
    791     }
    792   };
    793 
    794   /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
    795   SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
    796     DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
    797     return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
    798   }
    799 
    800   /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
    801   SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
    802 
    803   /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
    804   PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
    805 
    806   bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
    807 
    808   /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
    809   std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const;
    810   std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const;
    811 
    812   ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; }
    813   ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; }
    814   StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; }
    815 
    816   void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
    817 
    818   void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
    819 
    820   Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
    821 
    822   void PushFunctionScope();
    823   void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
    824   void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator);
    825   void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0,
    826                             const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0);
    827 
    828   sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
    829     return FunctionScopes.back();
    830   }
    831 
    832   void PushCompoundScope();
    833   void PopCompoundScope();
    834 
    835   sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
    836 
    837   bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
    838 
    839   /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
    840   sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
    841 
    842   /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any.
    843   sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda();
    844 
    845   /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
    846   SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
    847 
    848   void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
    849 
    850   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
    851   // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
    852   //
    853 
    854   QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs);
    855   QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) {
    856     return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR));
    857   }
    858   QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
    859                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
    860   QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
    861                               SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
    862   QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
    863                           Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
    864                           SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
    865   QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
    866                               SourceLocation AttrLoc);
    867   QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
    868                              QualType *ParamTypes, unsigned NumParamTypes,
    869                              bool Variadic, bool HasTrailingReturn,
    870                              unsigned Quals, RefQualifierKind RefQualifier,
    871                              SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
    872                              FunctionType::ExtInfo Info);
    873   QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
    874                                   SourceLocation Loc,
    875                                   DeclarationName Entity);
    876   QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
    877                                  SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
    878   QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
    879   QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
    880 
    881   TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
    882   TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
    883   TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
    884                                                TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
    885 
    886   /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
    887   ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
    888   DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
    889   DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
    890   static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0);
    891   CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
    892   const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
    893                                                 const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
    894   bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType T, const SourceRange &Range);
    895   bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
    896   bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
    897   bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
    898       const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
    899       const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
    900   bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
    901       const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
    902       const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
    903       const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc,
    904       bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0,
    905       bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0,
    906       bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false,
    907       bool IsOperatorNew = false);
    908   bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
    909       const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
    910       const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
    911       const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc);
    912   bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
    913       const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc,
    914       const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc);
    915 
    916   TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
    917 
    918   /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
    919   /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
    920   ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
    921 
    922   /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
    923   struct TypeDiagnoser {
    924     bool Suppressed;
    925 
    926     TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { }
    927 
    928     virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
    929     virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
    930   };
    931 
    932   static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
    933   static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
    934   static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
    935   static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
    936   static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
    937   static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
    938   static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
    939     return II;
    940   }
    941   static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
    942   static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
    943   static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
    944   static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
    945   static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
    946   static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
    947 
    948   template<typename T1>
    949   class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser {
    950     unsigned DiagID;
    951     const T1 &Arg1;
    952 
    953   public:
    954     BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1)
    955       : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { }
    956     virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
    957       if (Suppressed) return;
    958       S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T;
    959     }
    960 
    961     virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { }
    962   };
    963 
    964   template<typename T1, typename T2>
    965   class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser {
    966     unsigned DiagID;
    967     const T1 &Arg1;
    968     const T2 &Arg2;
    969 
    970   public:
    971     BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
    972                                   const T2 &Arg2)
    973       : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
    974         Arg2(Arg2) { }
    975 
    976     virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
    977       if (Suppressed) return;
    978       S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T;
    979     }
    980 
    981     virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { }
    982   };
    983 
    984   template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
    985   class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser {
    986     unsigned DiagID;
    987     const T1 &Arg1;
    988     const T2 &Arg2;
    989     const T3 &Arg3;
    990 
    991   public:
    992     BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
    993                                   const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3)
    994     : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
    995       Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { }
    996 
    997     virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
    998       if (Suppressed) return;
    999       S.Diag(Loc, DiagID)
   1000         << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T;
   1001     }
   1002 
   1003     virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { }
   1004   };
   1005 
   1006   bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
   1007                            TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
   1008   bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
   1009                            unsigned DiagID);
   1010 
   1011   template<typename T1>
   1012   bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
   1013                            unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
   1014     BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
   1015     return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
   1016   }
   1017 
   1018   template<typename T1, typename T2>
   1019   bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
   1020                            unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
   1021     BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
   1022     return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
   1023   }
   1024 
   1025   template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
   1026   bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
   1027                            unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
   1028                            const T3 &Arg3) {
   1029     BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
   1030                                                         Arg3);
   1031     return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
   1032   }
   1033 
   1034   bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
   1035   bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
   1036 
   1037   template<typename T1>
   1038   bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
   1039     BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
   1040     return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
   1041   }
   1042 
   1043   template<typename T1, typename T2>
   1044   bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
   1045                                const T2 &Arg2) {
   1046     BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
   1047     return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
   1048   }
   1049 
   1050   template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
   1051   bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
   1052                                const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
   1053     BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
   1054                                                         Arg3);
   1055     return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
   1056   }
   1057 
   1058   bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
   1059                           TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
   1060   bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
   1061 
   1062   template<typename T1>
   1063   bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
   1064                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
   1065     BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
   1066     return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
   1067   }
   1068 
   1069   template<typename T1, typename T2>
   1070   bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
   1071                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
   1072     BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
   1073     return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
   1074   }
   1075 
   1076   template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
   1077   bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
   1078                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
   1079                           const T3 &Arg3) {
   1080     BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
   1081                                                         Arg3);
   1082     return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
   1083   }
   1084 
   1085   QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
   1086                              const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
   1087 
   1088   QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
   1089   QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
   1090   QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
   1091                                    UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
   1092                                    SourceLocation Loc);
   1093 
   1094   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   1095   // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
   1096   //
   1097 
   1098   /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants
   1099   /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no
   1100   /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches
   1101   /// them into the FunctionDecl.
   1102   std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope;
   1103   /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter
   1104   /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators
   1105   /// such as:
   1106   ///     void f(void (*g)(), ...)
   1107   unsigned InFunctionDeclarator;
   1108 
   1109   DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0);
   1110 
   1111   void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
   1112 
   1113   bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
   1114 
   1115   ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
   1116                          Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0,
   1117                          bool isClassName = false,
   1118                          bool HasTrailingDot = false,
   1119                          ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(),
   1120                          bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
   1121                          bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
   1122                          IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0);
   1123   TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
   1124   bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
   1125   bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
   1126                                SourceLocation IILoc,
   1127                                Scope *S,
   1128                                CXXScopeSpec *SS,
   1129                                ParsedType &SuggestedType);
   1130 
   1131   /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
   1132   /// by \c ClassifyName().
   1133   enum NameClassificationKind {
   1134     NC_Unknown,
   1135     NC_Error,
   1136     NC_Keyword,
   1137     NC_Type,
   1138     NC_Expression,
   1139     NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
   1140     NC_TypeTemplate,
   1141     NC_FunctionTemplate
   1142   };
   1143 
   1144   class NameClassification {
   1145     NameClassificationKind Kind;
   1146     ExprResult Expr;
   1147     TemplateName Template;
   1148     ParsedType Type;
   1149     const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
   1150 
   1151     explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
   1152 
   1153   public:
   1154     NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
   1155 
   1156     NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
   1157 
   1158     NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
   1159       : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
   1160 
   1161     static NameClassification Error() {
   1162       return NameClassification(NC_Error);
   1163     }
   1164 
   1165     static NameClassification Unknown() {
   1166       return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
   1167     }
   1168 
   1169     static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
   1170       return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
   1171     }
   1172 
   1173     static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
   1174       NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
   1175       Result.Template = Name;
   1176       return Result;
   1177     }
   1178 
   1179     static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
   1180       NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
   1181       Result.Template = Name;
   1182       return Result;
   1183     }
   1184 
   1185     NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
   1186 
   1187     ParsedType getType() const {
   1188       assert(Kind == NC_Type);
   1189       return Type;
   1190     }
   1191 
   1192     ExprResult getExpression() const {
   1193       assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
   1194       return Expr;
   1195     }
   1196 
   1197     TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
   1198       assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate);
   1199       return Template;
   1200     }
   1201 
   1202     TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
   1203       assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate);
   1204       return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template;
   1205     }
   1206   };
   1207 
   1208   /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
   1209   /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
   1210   ///
   1211   /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
   1212   /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
   1213   /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
   1214   ///
   1215   /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
   1216   ///
   1217   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
   1218   ///
   1219   /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
   1220   /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
   1221   ///
   1222   /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
   1223   ///
   1224   /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
   1225   /// disambiguate the name.
   1226   ///
   1227   /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
   1228   ///        address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
   1229   ///        expression.
   1230   ///
   1231   /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
   1232   NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S,
   1233                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   1234                                   IdentifierInfo *&Name,
   1235                                   SourceLocation NameLoc,
   1236                                   const Token &NextToken,
   1237                                   bool IsAddressOfOperand,
   1238                                   CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0);
   1239 
   1240   Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
   1241 
   1242   Decl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
   1243                          MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
   1244   void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND,
   1245                                         const LookupResult &Previous,
   1246                                         Scope *S);
   1247   bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
   1248   bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
   1249                                     DeclarationName Name,
   1250                                     SourceLocation Loc);
   1251   void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D);
   1252   void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R);
   1253   void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
   1254   void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
   1255   void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
   1256   NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
   1257                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   1258                                     LookupResult &Previous);
   1259   NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
   1260                                   LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
   1261   NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
   1262                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   1263                                      LookupResult &Previous,
   1264                                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists);
   1265   // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
   1266   bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
   1267   void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var);
   1268   void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator();
   1269   void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator();
   1270   NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
   1271                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   1272                                      LookupResult &Previous,
   1273                                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
   1274                                      bool &AddToScope);
   1275   bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
   1276 
   1277   bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
   1278   bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
   1279 
   1280   void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
   1281   // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
   1282   bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
   1283                                 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
   1284                                 bool IsExplicitSpecialization);
   1285   void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
   1286   Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
   1287   ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
   1288                                           SourceLocation Loc,
   1289                                           QualType T);
   1290   ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   1291                               SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
   1292                               QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
   1293                               StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten);
   1294   void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
   1295                                  SourceLocation EqualLoc,
   1296                                  Expr *defarg);
   1297   void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
   1298                                          SourceLocation EqualLoc,
   1299                                          SourceLocation ArgLoc);
   1300   void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param);
   1301   bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
   1302                                SourceLocation EqualLoc);
   1303 
   1304   void CheckSelfReference(Decl *OrigDecl, Expr *E);
   1305   void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit,
   1306                             bool TypeMayContainAuto);
   1307   void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto);
   1308   void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
   1309   void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
   1310   void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
   1311   void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
   1312   void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
   1313   DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
   1314                                          Decl **Group,
   1315                                          unsigned NumDecls);
   1316   DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls,
   1317                                       bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
   1318 
   1319   /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
   1320   /// documentation comments.
   1321   void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
   1322   void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls);
   1323 
   1324   void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
   1325                                        SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
   1326   void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD);
   1327   Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
   1328   Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
   1329   void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
   1330   bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
   1331     return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
   1332   }
   1333 
   1334   void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
   1335   Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
   1336   Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
   1337 
   1338   /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
   1339   /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
   1340   void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
   1341 
   1342   /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
   1343   /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
   1344   void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
   1345                                 ParmVarDecl * const *End);
   1346 
   1347   /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
   1348   /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
   1349   /// specified threshold.
   1350   void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
   1351                                               ParmVarDecl * const *End,
   1352                                               QualType ReturnTy,
   1353                                               NamedDecl *D);
   1354 
   1355   void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
   1356   Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
   1357                               SourceLocation AsmLoc,
   1358                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   1359 
   1360   /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
   1361   ///
   1362   /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
   1363   ///
   1364   /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
   1365   ///
   1366   /// \param Path The module access path.
   1367   DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
   1368                                ModuleIdPath Path);
   1369 
   1370   /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
   1371   PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
   1372     return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
   1373   }
   1374 
   1375   /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
   1376   static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
   1377                                           const Preprocessor &PP);
   1378 
   1379   /// Scope actions.
   1380   void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
   1381   void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
   1382 
   1383   Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
   1384                                    DeclSpec &DS);
   1385   Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
   1386                                    DeclSpec &DS,
   1387                                    MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
   1388 
   1389   Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
   1390                                     AccessSpecifier AS,
   1391                                     RecordDecl *Record);
   1392 
   1393   Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
   1394                                        RecordDecl *Record);
   1395 
   1396   bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
   1397                                     TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
   1398                                     SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
   1399                                     const IdentifierInfo &Name);
   1400 
   1401   enum TagUseKind {
   1402     TUK_Reference,   // Reference to a tag:  'struct foo *X;'
   1403     TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag:   'struct foo;'
   1404     TUK_Definition,  // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
   1405     TUK_Friend       // Friend declaration:  'friend struct foo;'
   1406   };
   1407 
   1408   Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
   1409                  SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   1410                  IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
   1411                  AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
   1412                  SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
   1413                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
   1414                  bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
   1415                  SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
   1416                  bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType);
   1417 
   1418   Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
   1419                                 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
   1420                                 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   1421                                 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
   1422                                 AttributeList *Attr,
   1423                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
   1424 
   1425   TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
   1426                                unsigned TagSpec,
   1427                                TagUseKind TUK,
   1428                                const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   1429                                IdentifierInfo *Name,
   1430                                SourceLocation TagLoc,
   1431                                SourceLocation NameLoc);
   1432 
   1433   void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
   1434                  IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
   1435                  SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
   1436   Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
   1437                    Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
   1438 
   1439   FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
   1440                          Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
   1441                          InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
   1442                          AccessSpecifier AS);
   1443 
   1444   FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
   1445                             TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   1446                             RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
   1447                             bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
   1448                             InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
   1449                             SourceLocation TSSL,
   1450                             AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
   1451                             Declarator *D = 0);
   1452 
   1453   enum CXXSpecialMember {
   1454     CXXDefaultConstructor,
   1455     CXXCopyConstructor,
   1456     CXXMoveConstructor,
   1457     CXXCopyAssignment,
   1458     CXXMoveAssignment,
   1459     CXXDestructor,
   1460     CXXInvalid
   1461   };
   1462   bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
   1463   void DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* Record, CXXSpecialMember mem);
   1464   CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
   1465   void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
   1466                          SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
   1467   Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
   1468                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
   1469                   tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
   1470 
   1471   // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
   1472   void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
   1473                    llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
   1474                    SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
   1475                    AttributeList *AttrList);
   1476 
   1477   /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
   1478   /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
   1479   /// struct, or union).
   1480   void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
   1481 
   1482   Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
   1483 
   1484   /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
   1485   /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
   1486   /// member declarations.
   1487   void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
   1488                                        SourceLocation FinalLoc,
   1489                                        SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
   1490 
   1491   /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
   1492   /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
   1493   void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
   1494                                 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
   1495 
   1496   void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
   1497 
   1498   /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
   1499   /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
   1500   ///
   1501   /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
   1502   void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
   1503   void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
   1504 
   1505   /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
   1506   /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
   1507   void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
   1508 
   1509   EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
   1510                                       EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
   1511                                       SourceLocation IdLoc,
   1512                                       IdentifierInfo *Id,
   1513                                       Expr *val);
   1514   bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
   1515   bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
   1516                               QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev);
   1517 
   1518   Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
   1519                           SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
   1520                           AttributeList *Attrs,
   1521                           SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
   1522   void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
   1523                      SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl,
   1524                      Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements,
   1525                      Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
   1526 
   1527   DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
   1528 
   1529   /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
   1530   void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
   1531   void PopDeclContext();
   1532 
   1533   /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
   1534   /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
   1535   void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
   1536   void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
   1537 
   1538   /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
   1539   void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
   1540   void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
   1541 
   1542   DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
   1543 
   1544   /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
   1545   /// to the function decl for the function being parsed.  If we're currently
   1546   /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
   1547   FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
   1548 
   1549   /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
   1550   /// the method decl for the method being parsed.  If we're currently
   1551   /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
   1552   ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
   1553 
   1554   /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
   1555   /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null.  If we're currently
   1556   /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
   1557   NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
   1558 
   1559   /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
   1560   void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
   1561 
   1562   /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
   1563   /// top level scope.
   1564   ///
   1565   /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
   1566   ///
   1567   /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
   1568   void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
   1569 
   1570   /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
   1571   /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
   1572   /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
   1573   ///
   1574   /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking
   1575   /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template
   1576   /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false.
   1577   bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0,
   1578                      bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false);
   1579 
   1580   /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
   1581   /// happens to be an enclosing scope.  Otherwise return NULL.
   1582   static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
   1583 
   1584   /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
   1585   TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
   1586                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
   1587   bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
   1588 
   1589   /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
   1590   AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
   1591                                           IdentifierInfo *Platform,
   1592                                           VersionTuple Introduced,
   1593                                           VersionTuple Deprecated,
   1594                                           VersionTuple Obsoleted,
   1595                                           bool IsUnavailable,
   1596                                           StringRef Message);
   1597   VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
   1598                                       VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis);
   1599   DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range);
   1600   DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range);
   1601   FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format,
   1602                               int FormatIdx, int FirstArg);
   1603   SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name);
   1604   bool mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *New, InheritableAttr *Attr);
   1605 
   1606   void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, bool MergeDeprecation = true);
   1607   void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
   1608   bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S);
   1609   bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
   1610                                     Scope *S);
   1611   void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
   1612   void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
   1613   void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
   1614   void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
   1615   bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
   1616 
   1617   // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
   1618   // to represent what is actually causing the operation
   1619   enum AssignmentAction {
   1620     AA_Assigning,
   1621     AA_Passing,
   1622     AA_Returning,
   1623     AA_Converting,
   1624     AA_Initializing,
   1625     AA_Sending,
   1626     AA_Casting
   1627   };
   1628 
   1629   /// C++ Overloading.
   1630   enum OverloadKind {
   1631     /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
   1632     /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
   1633     Ovl_Overload,
   1634 
   1635     /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
   1636     /// an existing declaration.
   1637     Ovl_Match,
   1638 
   1639     /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
   1640     /// non-function.
   1641     Ovl_NonFunction
   1642   };
   1643   OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
   1644                              FunctionDecl *New,
   1645                              const LookupResult &OldDecls,
   1646                              NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
   1647                              bool IsForUsingDecl);
   1648   bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl);
   1649 
   1650   /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
   1651   /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
   1652   ///
   1653   /// \returns true if \arg FD is unavailable and current context is inside
   1654   /// an available function, false otherwise.
   1655   bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
   1656 
   1657   ImplicitConversionSequence
   1658   TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
   1659                         bool SuppressUserConversions,
   1660                         bool AllowExplicit,
   1661                         bool InOverloadResolution,
   1662                         bool CStyle,
   1663                         bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
   1664 
   1665   bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
   1666   bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
   1667   bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
   1668   bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
   1669                            bool InOverloadResolution,
   1670                            QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
   1671   bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
   1672                                QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
   1673   bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
   1674                                  QualType &ConvertedType);
   1675   bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
   1676                                 QualType& ConvertedType);
   1677   bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
   1678                                 const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
   1679                                 unsigned *ArgPos = 0);
   1680   void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
   1681                                   QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
   1682 
   1683   CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
   1684   bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
   1685                               CastKind &Kind,
   1686                               CXXCastPath& BasePath,
   1687                               bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
   1688   bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
   1689                                  bool InOverloadResolution,
   1690                                  QualType &ConvertedType);
   1691   bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
   1692                                     CastKind &Kind,
   1693                                     CXXCastPath &BasePath,
   1694                                     bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
   1695   bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
   1696                                  bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
   1697   bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
   1698                             QualType &ResultTy);
   1699   bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
   1700 
   1701 
   1702   ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
   1703                                              const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
   1704                                              QualType ResultType,
   1705                                              Expr *Value,
   1706                                              bool AllowNRVO = true);
   1707 
   1708   bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
   1709                                     ExprResult Init);
   1710   ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
   1711                                        SourceLocation EqualLoc,
   1712                                        ExprResult Init,
   1713                                        bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
   1714                                        bool AllowExplicit = false);
   1715   ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
   1716                                                  NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
   1717                                                  NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
   1718                                                  CXXMethodDecl *Method);
   1719 
   1720   ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
   1721   ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
   1722 
   1723   /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
   1724   enum CCEKind {
   1725     CCEK_CaseValue,  ///< Expression in a case label.
   1726     CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
   1727     CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
   1728   };
   1729   ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
   1730                                               llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
   1731 
   1732   /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while
   1733   /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type.
   1734   class ICEConvertDiagnoser {
   1735   public:
   1736     bool Suppress;
   1737     bool SuppressConversion;
   1738 
   1739     ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false,
   1740                         bool SuppressConversion = false)
   1741       : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { }
   1742 
   1743     /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
   1744     /// integral or enumeration type.
   1745     virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
   1746                                              QualType T) = 0;
   1747 
   1748     /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
   1749     virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
   1750                                                  QualType T) = 0;
   1751 
   1752     /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
   1753     /// is explicit.
   1754     virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
   1755                                                    QualType T,
   1756                                                    QualType ConvTy) = 0;
   1757 
   1758     /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
   1759     virtual DiagnosticBuilder
   1760     noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
   1761 
   1762     /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
   1763     /// functions.
   1764     virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
   1765                                                 QualType T) = 0;
   1766 
   1767     /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
   1768     virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
   1769                                             QualType ConvTy) = 0;
   1770 
   1771     /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
   1772     /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
   1773     virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
   1774                                                  QualType T,
   1775                                                  QualType ConvTy) = 0;
   1776 
   1777     virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {}
   1778   };
   1779 
   1780   ExprResult
   1781   ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE,
   1782                                      ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
   1783                                      bool AllowScopedEnumerations);
   1784 
   1785   enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
   1786     OS_Array,
   1787     OS_Dictionary,
   1788     OS_Error
   1789   };
   1790   ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
   1791 
   1792   ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
   1793                                            NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
   1794                                            NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
   1795                                            NamedDecl *Member);
   1796 
   1797   // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
   1798   // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
   1799   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext   *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
   1800   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
   1801 
   1802   void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
   1803                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
   1804                             llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   1805                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
   1806                             bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
   1807                             bool PartialOverloading = false,
   1808                             bool AllowExplicit = false);
   1809   void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
   1810                              llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   1811                              OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
   1812                              bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
   1813                             TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
   1814   void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
   1815                           QualType ObjectType,
   1816                           Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
   1817                           Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
   1818                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
   1819                           bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
   1820   void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
   1821                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
   1822                           CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
   1823                           Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
   1824                           llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   1825                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
   1826                           bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
   1827   void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
   1828                                   DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
   1829                                   CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
   1830                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
   1831                                   QualType ObjectType,
   1832                                   Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
   1833                                   llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   1834                                   OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
   1835                                   bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
   1836   void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
   1837                                     DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
   1838                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
   1839                                     llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   1840                                     OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
   1841                                     bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
   1842   void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
   1843                               DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
   1844                               CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
   1845                               Expr *From, QualType ToType,
   1846                               OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
   1847   void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
   1848                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
   1849                                       CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
   1850                                       Expr *From, QualType ToType,
   1851                                       OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet);
   1852   void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
   1853                              DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
   1854                              CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
   1855                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
   1856                              Expr *Object, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
   1857                              OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
   1858   void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
   1859                                    SourceLocation OpLoc,
   1860                                    Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
   1861                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
   1862                                    SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
   1863   void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
   1864                            Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
   1865                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
   1866                            bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
   1867                            unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
   1868   void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
   1869                                     SourceLocation OpLoc,
   1870                                     Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
   1871                                     OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
   1872   void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
   1873                                             bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc,
   1874                                             llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   1875                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
   1876                                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
   1877                                             bool PartialOverloading = false,
   1878                                         bool StdNamespaceIsAssociated = false);
   1879 
   1880   // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
   1881   void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType());
   1882 
   1883   // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates
   1884   // identified by the expression Expr
   1885   void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType());
   1886 
   1887   // [PossiblyAFunctionType]  -->   [Return]
   1888   // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
   1889   // R (A) --> R(A)
   1890   // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
   1891   // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
   1892   // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
   1893   QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
   1894 
   1895   FunctionDecl *
   1896   ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
   1897                                      QualType TargetType,
   1898                                      bool Complain,
   1899                                      DeclAccessPair &Found,
   1900                                      bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0);
   1901 
   1902   FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
   1903                                                    bool Complain = false,
   1904                                                    DeclAccessPair* Found = 0);
   1905 
   1906   bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
   1907                       ExprResult &SrcExpr,
   1908                       bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
   1909                       bool Complain = false,
   1910                       const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
   1911                       QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
   1912                       unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
   1913 
   1914 
   1915   Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
   1916                                        DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
   1917                                        FunctionDecl *Fn);
   1918   ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
   1919                                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
   1920                                             FunctionDecl *Fn);
   1921 
   1922   void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
   1923                                    llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   1924                                    OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
   1925                                    bool PartialOverloading = false);
   1926 
   1927   // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
   1928   // range-based for loop.
   1929   enum ForRangeStatus {
   1930     FRS_Success,
   1931     FRS_NoViableFunction,
   1932     FRS_DiagnosticIssued
   1933   };
   1934 
   1935   // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin()
   1936   // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop.
   1937   enum BeginEndFunction {
   1938     BEF_begin,
   1939     BEF_end
   1940   };
   1941 
   1942   ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
   1943                                            SourceLocation RangeLoc,
   1944                                            VarDecl *Decl,
   1945                                            BeginEndFunction BEF,
   1946                                            const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   1947                                            LookupResult &MemberLookup,
   1948                                            OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
   1949                                            Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
   1950 
   1951   ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
   1952                                      UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
   1953                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   1954                                      Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
   1955                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   1956                                      Expr *ExecConfig,
   1957                                      bool AllowTypoCorrection=true);
   1958 
   1959   bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
   1960                               Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
   1961                               SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   1962                               OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
   1963                               ExprResult *Result);
   1964 
   1965   ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
   1966                                      unsigned Opc,
   1967                                      const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
   1968                                      Expr *input);
   1969 
   1970   ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
   1971                                    unsigned Opc,
   1972                                    const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
   1973                                    Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
   1974 
   1975   ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
   1976                                                 SourceLocation RLoc,
   1977                                                 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
   1978 
   1979   ExprResult
   1980   BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
   1981                             SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args,
   1982                             unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   1983   ExprResult
   1984   BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   1985                                Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
   1986                                SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   1987 
   1988   ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
   1989                                       SourceLocation OpLoc);
   1990 
   1991   /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
   1992   /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
   1993   /// that best represents the call.
   1994   bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
   1995                            CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
   1996 
   1997   /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
   1998   bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd,
   1999                                 bool CheckParameterNames);
   2000   void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
   2001   void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
   2002   Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
   2003 
   2004   /// \name Name lookup
   2005   ///
   2006   /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
   2007   /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
   2008   /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
   2009   /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
   2010   /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
   2011   /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
   2012   ///
   2013   /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
   2014   /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
   2015   /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
   2016   /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
   2017   /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
   2018   /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
   2019   /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
   2020   ///
   2021   /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
   2022   /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
   2023   /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
   2024   /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
   2025   /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
   2026   /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
   2027   /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
   2028   /// the ability to distinguish among them.
   2029   //@{
   2030 
   2031   /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
   2032   enum LookupNameKind {
   2033     /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
   2034     /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
   2035     /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
   2036     LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
   2037     /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
   2038     /// structs, and unions.
   2039     LookupTagName,
   2040     /// Label name lookup.
   2041     LookupLabel,
   2042     /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
   2043     /// class/struct/union members.
   2044     LookupMemberName,
   2045     /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
   2046     /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
   2047     /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
   2048     LookupOperatorName,
   2049     /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
   2050     /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
   2051     /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
   2052     LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
   2053     /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
   2054     /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
   2055     /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
   2056     LookupNamespaceName,
   2057     /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
   2058     /// including resolved using declarations.  This is appropriate
   2059     /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
   2060     LookupUsingDeclName,
   2061     /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
   2062     /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
   2063     /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
   2064     /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
   2065     LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
   2066     /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
   2067     LookupObjCProtocolName,
   2068     /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
   2069     LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
   2070     /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
   2071     LookupAnyName
   2072   };
   2073 
   2074   /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
   2075   /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
   2076   enum RedeclarationKind {
   2077     /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
   2078     /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
   2079     NotForRedeclaration = 0,
   2080     /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
   2081     /// if an entity by that name already exists.
   2082     ForRedeclaration
   2083   };
   2084 
   2085   /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
   2086   enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
   2087     /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
   2088     LOLR_Error,
   2089     /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
   2090     /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
   2091     LOLR_Cooked,
   2092     /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
   2093     /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
   2094     LOLR_Raw,
   2095     /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
   2096     /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
   2097     /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
   2098     LOLR_Template
   2099   };
   2100 
   2101   SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
   2102                                                    CXXSpecialMember SM,
   2103                                                    bool ConstArg,
   2104                                                    bool VolatileArg,
   2105                                                    bool RValueThis,
   2106                                                    bool ConstThis,
   2107                                                    bool VolatileThis);
   2108 
   2109 private:
   2110   bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
   2111 
   2112   // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
   2113   //
   2114   // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
   2115   // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
   2116   llvm::DenseMap<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
   2117 
   2118   /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
   2119   /// source.
   2120   bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
   2121 
   2122 public:
   2123   /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration.  Return
   2124   /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
   2125   ///
   2126   /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
   2127   /// ambiguity and overloaded.
   2128   NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
   2129                               SourceLocation Loc,
   2130                               LookupNameKind NameKind,
   2131                               RedeclarationKind Redecl
   2132                                 = NotForRedeclaration);
   2133   bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
   2134                   bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
   2135   bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
   2136                            bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
   2137   bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
   2138                         bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
   2139                         bool EnteringContext = false);
   2140   ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
   2141                                    RedeclarationKind Redecl
   2142                                      = NotForRedeclaration);
   2143 
   2144   void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
   2145                                     QualType T1, QualType T2,
   2146                                     UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
   2147 
   2148   LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
   2149                                  SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
   2150 
   2151   DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
   2152   CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
   2153   CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
   2154                                                unsigned Quals);
   2155   CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
   2156                                          bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
   2157   CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
   2158                                               unsigned Quals);
   2159   CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
   2160                                         bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
   2161   CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
   2162 
   2163   LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
   2164                                                     ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
   2165                                                     bool AllowRawAndTemplate);
   2166   bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
   2167 
   2168   void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator,
   2169                                SourceLocation Loc,
   2170                                llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   2171                                ADLResult &Functions,
   2172                                bool StdNamespaceIsAssociated = false);
   2173 
   2174   void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
   2175                           VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
   2176                           bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
   2177   void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
   2178                           VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
   2179                           bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
   2180 
   2181   TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
   2182                              Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
   2183                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
   2184                              CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
   2185                              DeclContext *MemberContext = 0,
   2186                              bool EnteringContext = false,
   2187                              const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0);
   2188 
   2189   void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
   2190                                           llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   2191                                    AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
   2192                                    AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
   2193 
   2194   void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
   2195                             bool ConsiderLinkage,
   2196                             bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
   2197 
   2198   bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
   2199   //@}
   2200 
   2201   ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
   2202                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
   2203                                           bool TypoCorrection = false);
   2204   NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
   2205                                  Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
   2206                                  SourceLocation Loc);
   2207   NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
   2208                                       Scope *S);
   2209   void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
   2210 
   2211   // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
   2212 
   2213   // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
   2214   void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD,
   2215                            bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true);
   2216   void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
   2217                            bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true);
   2218   bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
   2219                                       const AttributeList *AttrList);
   2220 
   2221   void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
   2222 
   2223   bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
   2224   bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC);
   2225   bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
   2226 
   2227   /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
   2228   StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
   2229                                    SourceRange Range);
   2230 
   2231   void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method,
   2232                            bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID);
   2233   void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
   2234                                    ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
   2235                                    bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
   2236 
   2237   void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
   2238                                    ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
   2239                                    bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
   2240 
   2241   /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
   2242   /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
   2243   void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
   2244                              ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
   2245                              bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
   2246 
   2247   bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl,
   2248                           ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
   2249 
   2250   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
   2251   typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap;
   2252 
   2253   /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented
   2254   /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it.
   2255   void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc,
   2256                                ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl,
   2257                                bool& IncompleteImpl,
   2258                                const SelectorSet &InsMap,
   2259                                const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
   2260                                ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);
   2261 
   2262   /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
   2263   /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
   2264   void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
   2265                                 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
   2266                                 SourceLocation Loc);
   2267 
   2268   /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
   2269   /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
   2270   void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
   2271                                  ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
   2272                                  bool IncompleteImpl = false);
   2273 
   2274   /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
   2275   /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
   2276   void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
   2277                                        ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
   2278                                        const SelectorSet &InsMap);
   2279 
   2280   /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
   2281   /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
   2282   void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
   2283                                     ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
   2284   void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
   2285 
   2286   /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in
   2287   /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class.
   2288   void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
   2289             llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap,
   2290             llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap);
   2291 
   2292 
   2293   /// LookupPropertyDecl - Looks up a property in the current class and all
   2294   /// its protocols.
   2295   ObjCPropertyDecl *LookupPropertyDecl(const ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
   2296                                        IdentifierInfo *II);
   2297 
   2298   /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
   2299   /// class extensions.
   2300   Decl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
   2301                                        SourceLocation AtLoc,
   2302                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   2303                                        FieldDeclarator &FD,
   2304                                        Selector GetterSel,
   2305                                        Selector SetterSel,
   2306                                        const bool isAssign,
   2307                                        const bool isReadWrite,
   2308                                        const unsigned Attributes,
   2309                                        const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
   2310                                        bool *isOverridingProperty,
   2311                                        TypeSourceInfo *T,
   2312                                        tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
   2313 
   2314   /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
   2315   /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
   2316   ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
   2317                                        ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
   2318                                        SourceLocation AtLoc,
   2319                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   2320                                        FieldDeclarator &FD,
   2321                                        Selector GetterSel,
   2322                                        Selector SetterSel,
   2323                                        const bool isAssign,
   2324                                        const bool isReadWrite,
   2325                                        const unsigned Attributes,
   2326                                        const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
   2327                                        TypeSourceInfo *T,
   2328                                        tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
   2329                                        DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
   2330 
   2331   /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
   2332   /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
   2333   /// setter or getter.
   2334   void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
   2335                                        ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl);
   2336 
   2337   void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
   2338 
   2339   void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
   2340 
   2341   enum MethodMatchStrategy {
   2342     MMS_loose,
   2343     MMS_strict
   2344   };
   2345 
   2346   /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
   2347   /// true, or false, accordingly.
   2348   bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
   2349                                   const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
   2350                                   MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
   2351 
   2352   /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
   2353   /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
   2354   void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
   2355                                   const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
   2356                                   SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
   2357                                   SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
   2358                                   ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
   2359                                   ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
   2360                                   bool &IncompleteImpl,
   2361                                   bool ImmediateClass,
   2362                                   bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
   2363 
   2364   /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
   2365   /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
   2366   /// warns each time an exact match is found.
   2367   void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
   2368 
   2369   /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
   2370   void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
   2371 
   2372 private:
   2373   /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
   2374   /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
   2375   void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
   2376 
   2377   /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
   2378   /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
   2379   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
   2380                                            bool receiverIdOrClass,
   2381                                            bool warn, bool instance);
   2382 
   2383 public:
   2384   /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
   2385   /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
   2386   /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
   2387   /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
   2388   void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
   2389     AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
   2390   }
   2391 
   2392   /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
   2393   void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
   2394     AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
   2395   }
   2396 
   2397   /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
   2398   /// pool.
   2399   void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
   2400 
   2401   /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
   2402   /// there are multiple signatures.
   2403   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
   2404                                                    bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
   2405                                                    bool warn=true) {
   2406     return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
   2407                                     warn, /*instance*/true);
   2408   }
   2409 
   2410   /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
   2411   /// there are multiple signatures.
   2412   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
   2413                                                   bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
   2414                                                   bool warn=true) {
   2415     return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
   2416                                     warn, /*instance*/false);
   2417   }
   2418 
   2419   /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
   2420   /// implementation.
   2421   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
   2422 
   2423   /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
   2424   /// initialization.
   2425   void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
   2426                                   SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
   2427 
   2428   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   2429   // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
   2430 public:
   2431   class FullExprArg {
   2432   public:
   2433     FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { }
   2434 
   2435     // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this
   2436     // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics
   2437     // emulation code from Ownership.h).
   2438     FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {}
   2439 
   2440     ExprResult release() {
   2441       return E;
   2442     }
   2443 
   2444     Expr *get() const { return E; }
   2445 
   2446     Expr *operator->() {
   2447       return E;
   2448     }
   2449 
   2450   private:
   2451     // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
   2452     // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
   2453     friend class Sema;
   2454 
   2455     explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
   2456 
   2457     Expr *E;
   2458   };
   2459 
   2460   FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
   2461     return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
   2462   }
   2463   FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
   2464     return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release());
   2465   }
   2466 
   2467   StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(FullExprArg Expr);
   2468 
   2469   StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
   2470                            bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
   2471 
   2472   void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
   2473   void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
   2474   StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
   2475                                        MultiStmtArg Elts,
   2476                                        bool isStmtExpr);
   2477 
   2478   /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
   2479   class CompoundScopeRAII {
   2480   public:
   2481     CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
   2482       S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
   2483     }
   2484 
   2485     ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
   2486       S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
   2487     }
   2488 
   2489   private:
   2490     Sema &S;
   2491   };
   2492 
   2493   StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
   2494                                    SourceLocation StartLoc,
   2495                                    SourceLocation EndLoc);
   2496   void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
   2497   StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
   2498   StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
   2499                                    SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
   2500                                    SourceLocation ColonLoc);
   2501   void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
   2502 
   2503   StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
   2504                                       SourceLocation ColonLoc,
   2505                                       Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
   2506   StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
   2507                             SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
   2508 
   2509   StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
   2510                                  ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
   2511                                  Stmt *SubStmt);
   2512 
   2513   StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc,
   2514                          FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar,
   2515                          Stmt *ThenVal,
   2516                          SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
   2517   StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
   2518                                             Expr *Cond,
   2519                                             Decl *CondVar);
   2520   StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
   2521                                            Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
   2522   StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc,
   2523                             FullExprArg Cond,
   2524                             Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body);
   2525   StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
   2526                                  SourceLocation WhileLoc,
   2527                                  SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond,
   2528                                  SourceLocation CondRParen);
   2529 
   2530   StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
   2531                           SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   2532                           Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second,
   2533                           Decl *SecondVar,
   2534                           FullExprArg Third,
   2535                           SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   2536                           Stmt *Body);
   2537   ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
   2538                                            Expr *collection);
   2539   StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
   2540                                         Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
   2541                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   2542   StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
   2543 
   2544   StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar,
   2545                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
   2546                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   2547                                   bool ShouldTryDeref);
   2548   StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
   2549                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc,
   2550                                   Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl,
   2551                                   Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
   2552                                   Stmt *LoopVarDecl,
   2553                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   2554                                   bool ShouldTryDeref);
   2555   StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
   2556 
   2557   StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
   2558                            SourceLocation LabelLoc,
   2559                            LabelDecl *TheDecl);
   2560   StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
   2561                                    SourceLocation StarLoc,
   2562                                    Expr *DestExp);
   2563   StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
   2564   StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, Scope *CurScope);
   2565 
   2566   const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
   2567                                          bool AllowFunctionParameters);
   2568 
   2569   StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
   2570   StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
   2571 
   2572   StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
   2573                              bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
   2574                              unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
   2575                              MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
   2576                              Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
   2577                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   2578 
   2579   StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
   2580                             ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, SourceLocation EndLoc);
   2581 
   2582   VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
   2583                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
   2584                                   SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
   2585                                   bool Invalid = false);
   2586 
   2587   Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
   2588 
   2589   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
   2590                                   Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
   2591 
   2592   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
   2593 
   2594   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
   2595                                 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
   2596 
   2597   StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
   2598   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
   2599                                   Scope *CurScope);
   2600   ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
   2601                                             Expr *operand);
   2602   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
   2603                                          Expr *SynchExpr,
   2604                                          Stmt *SynchBody);
   2605 
   2606   StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
   2607 
   2608   VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   2609                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
   2610                                      SourceLocation IdLoc,
   2611                                      IdentifierInfo *Id);
   2612 
   2613   Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
   2614 
   2615   StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
   2616                                 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
   2617   StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
   2618                               MultiStmtArg Handlers);
   2619 
   2620   StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
   2621                               SourceLocation TryLoc,
   2622                               Stmt *TryBlock,
   2623                               Stmt *Handler);
   2624 
   2625   StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
   2626                                  Expr *FilterExpr,
   2627                                  Stmt *Block);
   2628 
   2629   StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
   2630                                   Stmt *Block);
   2631 
   2632   void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
   2633 
   2634   bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
   2635 
   2636   /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
   2637   /// of it.
   2638   void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
   2639 
   2640   /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
   2641   /// whose result is unused, warn.
   2642   void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
   2643   void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
   2644 
   2645   /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
   2646   /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
   2647   ///
   2648   /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
   2649   ///     if (condition);
   2650   ///       do_stuff();
   2651   void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
   2652                              const Stmt *Body,
   2653                              unsigned DiagID);
   2654 
   2655   /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
   2656   /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
   2657   void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
   2658                              const Stmt *PossibleBody);
   2659 
   2660   ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
   2661     return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
   2662   }
   2663   void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
   2664 
   2665   typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
   2666   ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
   2667     return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
   2668   }
   2669   void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
   2670     DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
   2671   }
   2672 
   2673   void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
   2674 
   2675   void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message,
   2676                               SourceLocation Loc,
   2677                               const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0);
   2678 
   2679   void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
   2680 
   2681   bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
   2682                                      StringRef message);
   2683 
   2684   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   2685   // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
   2686 
   2687   bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D);
   2688   bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
   2689                          const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0);
   2690   void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
   2691   std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
   2692   bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
   2693                                         ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
   2694                                         SourceLocation Loc);
   2695   void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
   2696                              Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs);
   2697 
   2698   void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
   2699                                        Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
   2700                                        bool IsDecltype = false);
   2701 
   2702   void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
   2703 
   2704   void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
   2705 
   2706   ExprResult TranformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
   2707   ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
   2708 
   2709   ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
   2710 
   2711   // Functions for marking a declaration referenced.  These functions also
   2712   // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
   2713   // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense).  There are separate variants
   2714   // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
   2715   // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
   2716   // named expressions.
   2717   void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D);
   2718   void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func);
   2719   void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
   2720   void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
   2721   void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
   2722 
   2723   void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
   2724   void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
   2725 
   2726   enum TryCaptureKind {
   2727     TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
   2728   };
   2729 
   2730   /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
   2731   ///
   2732   /// \param Var The variable to capture.
   2733   ///
   2734   /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
   2735   ///
   2736   /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
   2737   /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
   2738   ///
   2739   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
   2740   /// an explicit lambda capture.
   2741   ///
   2742   /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
   2743   /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
   2744   /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
   2745   /// if the variable cannot be captured.
   2746   ///
   2747   /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
   2748   /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
   2749   /// variable can be captured.
   2750   ///
   2751   /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
   2752   /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
   2753   /// captured.
   2754   ///
   2755   /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
   2756   /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
   2757   bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
   2758                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
   2759                           QualType &CaptureType,
   2760                           QualType &DeclRefType);
   2761 
   2762   /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
   2763   bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
   2764                           TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
   2765                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
   2766 
   2767   /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
   2768   /// variable will have in the given scope.
   2769   QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
   2770 
   2771   void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
   2772   void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
   2773                                         bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
   2774 
   2775   /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
   2776   /// call.  Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
   2777   /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
   2778   bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
   2779                             bool ForceComplain = false,
   2780                             bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0);
   2781 
   2782   /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
   2783   bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
   2784                       UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
   2785 
   2786   /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
   2787   /// evaluation context.
   2788   ///
   2789   /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
   2790   /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
   2791   /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
   2792   /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
   2793   bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
   2794                            const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
   2795 
   2796   // Primary Expressions.
   2797   SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
   2798 
   2799   ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   2800                                SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   2801                                UnqualifiedId &Id,
   2802                                bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
   2803                                CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0);
   2804 
   2805   void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
   2806                               TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
   2807                               DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   2808                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
   2809 
   2810   bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
   2811                            CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
   2812                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0,
   2813                        llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *>());
   2814 
   2815   ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
   2816                                 IdentifierInfo *II,
   2817                                 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
   2818 
   2819   ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   2820                                         SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   2821                                         const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   2822                                         bool isAddressOfOperand,
   2823                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
   2824 
   2825   ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
   2826                               ExprValueKind VK,
   2827                               SourceLocation Loc,
   2828                               const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
   2829   ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
   2830                               ExprValueKind VK,
   2831                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   2832                               const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
   2833   ExprResult
   2834   BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   2835                                            SourceLocation nameLoc,
   2836                                            IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
   2837                                            Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0,
   2838                                       SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
   2839   ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   2840                                              SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   2841                                              LookupResult &R,
   2842                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
   2843   ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   2844                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   2845                                      LookupResult &R,
   2846                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
   2847                                      bool IsDefiniteInstance);
   2848   bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   2849                                   const LookupResult &R,
   2850                                   bool HasTrailingLParen);
   2851 
   2852   ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   2853                                          const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo);
   2854   ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   2855                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   2856                                 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   2857                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
   2858 
   2859   ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   2860                                       LookupResult &R,
   2861                                       bool NeedsADL);
   2862   ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   2863                                       const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   2864                                       NamedDecl *D);
   2865 
   2866   ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
   2867                                       DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
   2868                                       ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
   2869                                       SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
   2870                             TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
   2871 
   2872   ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
   2873   ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
   2874   ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
   2875   ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
   2876   ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
   2877   ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
   2878                                 SourceLocation R,
   2879                                 MultiExprArg Val);
   2880 
   2881   /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
   2882   /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
   2883   ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks,
   2884                                 Scope *UDLScope = 0);
   2885 
   2886   ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
   2887                                        SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
   2888                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   2889                                        Expr *ControllingExpr,
   2890                                        MultiTypeArg ArgTypes,
   2891                                        MultiExprArg ArgExprs);
   2892   ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
   2893                                         SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
   2894                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   2895                                         Expr *ControllingExpr,
   2896                                         TypeSourceInfo **Types,
   2897                                         Expr **Exprs,
   2898                                         unsigned NumAssocs);
   2899 
   2900   // Binary/Unary Operators.  'Tok' is the token for the operator.
   2901   ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
   2902                                   Expr *InputExpr);
   2903   ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
   2904                           UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
   2905   ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
   2906                           tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
   2907 
   2908   ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   2909                                             SourceLocation OpLoc,
   2910                                             UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
   2911                                             SourceRange R);
   2912   ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
   2913                                             UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
   2914   ExprResult
   2915     ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
   2916                                   UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
   2917                                   bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
   2918                                   const SourceRange &ArgRange);
   2919 
   2920   ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
   2921   bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
   2922 
   2923   bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
   2924   bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
   2925                                         SourceRange ExprRange,
   2926                                         UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
   2927   ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
   2928                                           SourceLocation OpLoc,
   2929                                           IdentifierInfo &Name,
   2930                                           SourceLocation NameLoc,
   2931                                           SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   2932   ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
   2933                                  tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
   2934 
   2935   ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
   2936                                      Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
   2937   ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
   2938                                              Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
   2939 
   2940   ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
   2941                                       SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
   2942                                       CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   2943                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   2944                                       NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
   2945                                 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   2946                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
   2947 
   2948   // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
   2949   // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
   2950   // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
   2951   // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
   2952   // defines a custom operator->).
   2953   struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
   2954     Scope *S;
   2955     UnqualifiedId &Id;
   2956     Decl *ObjCImpDecl;
   2957     bool HasTrailingLParen;
   2958   };
   2959 
   2960   ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
   2961                                       SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
   2962                                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   2963                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   2964                                       NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
   2965                                       LookupResult &R,
   2966                                  const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
   2967                                       bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
   2968                                      ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0);
   2969 
   2970   ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
   2971   ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base,
   2972                               bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
   2973                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   2974                               Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
   2975                               bool HasTemplateArgs);
   2976 
   2977   bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
   2978                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   2979                                      const LookupResult &R);
   2980 
   2981   ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
   2982                                       bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
   2983                                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   2984                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   2985                                       NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
   2986                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   2987                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
   2988 
   2989   ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
   2990                                    SourceLocation OpLoc,
   2991                                    tok::TokenKind OpKind,
   2992                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   2993                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   2994                                    UnqualifiedId &Member,
   2995                                    Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
   2996                                    bool HasTrailingLParen);
   2997 
   2998   void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
   2999   bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
   3000                                FunctionDecl *FDecl,
   3001                                const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
   3002                                Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
   3003                                SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   3004                                bool ExecConfig = false);
   3005   void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
   3006                                 ParmVarDecl *Param,
   3007                                 const Expr *ArgExpr);
   3008 
   3009   /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
   3010   /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
   3011   /// locations.
   3012   ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   3013                            MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   3014                            Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false);
   3015   ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
   3016                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   3017                                    Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
   3018                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   3019                                    Expr *Config = 0,
   3020                                    bool IsExecConfig = false);
   3021 
   3022   ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
   3023                                      MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
   3024                                      SourceLocation GGGLoc);
   3025 
   3026   ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   3027                            Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
   3028                            SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
   3029   ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   3030                                  TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
   3031                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   3032                                  Expr *Op);
   3033   CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
   3034 
   3035   /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
   3036   ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   3037                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
   3038                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
   3039 
   3040   ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
   3041 
   3042   ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   3043                                   ParsedType Ty,
   3044                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   3045                                   Expr *InitExpr);
   3046 
   3047   ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   3048                                       TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   3049                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   3050                                       Expr *LiteralExpr);
   3051 
   3052   ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
   3053                            MultiExprArg InitArgList,
   3054                            SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
   3055 
   3056   ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
   3057                                         SourceLocation Loc,
   3058                                         bool GNUSyntax,
   3059                                         ExprResult Init);
   3060 
   3061   ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
   3062                         tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
   3063   ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
   3064                         BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
   3065   ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
   3066                                 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
   3067 
   3068   /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation.  Note that 'LHS' may be null
   3069   /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
   3070   ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
   3071                                 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
   3072                                 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
   3073 
   3074   /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
   3075   ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
   3076                             LabelDecl *TheDecl);
   3077 
   3078   void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
   3079   ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
   3080                            SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
   3081   void ActOnStmtExprError();
   3082 
   3083   // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
   3084   struct OffsetOfComponent {
   3085     SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
   3086     bool isBrackets;  // true if [expr], false if .ident
   3087     union {
   3088       IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
   3089       Expr *E;
   3090     } U;
   3091   };
   3092 
   3093   /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
   3094   ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
   3095                                   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   3096                                   OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
   3097                                   unsigned NumComponents,
   3098                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   3099   ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
   3100                                   SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
   3101                                   SourceLocation TypeLoc,
   3102                                   ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
   3103                                   OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
   3104                                   unsigned NumComponents,
   3105                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   3106 
   3107   // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
   3108   ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
   3109                              Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
   3110                              Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
   3111 
   3112   // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
   3113   ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
   3114                         SourceLocation RPLoc);
   3115   ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
   3116                             TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
   3117 
   3118   // __null
   3119   ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
   3120 
   3121   bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
   3122 
   3123   /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
   3124   enum IfExistsResult {
   3125     /// \brief The symbol exists.
   3126     IER_Exists,
   3127 
   3128     /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
   3129     IER_DoesNotExist,
   3130 
   3131     /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
   3132     /// from one instantiation to the next.
   3133     IER_Dependent,
   3134 
   3135     /// \brief An error occurred.
   3136     IER_Error
   3137   };
   3138 
   3139   IfExistsResult
   3140   CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3141                                const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
   3142 
   3143   IfExistsResult
   3144   CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
   3145                                bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3146                                UnqualifiedId &Name);
   3147 
   3148   StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
   3149                                         bool IsIfExists,
   3150                                         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
   3151                                         DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
   3152                                         Stmt *Nested);
   3153   StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
   3154                                         bool IsIfExists,
   3155                                         CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
   3156                                         Stmt *Nested);
   3157 
   3158   //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
   3159 
   3160   /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
   3161   /// started.
   3162   void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
   3163 
   3164   /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
   3165   /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
   3166   void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
   3167                            Scope *CurScope);
   3168 
   3169   /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
   3170   /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
   3171   void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
   3172 
   3173   /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
   3174   /// literal was successfully completed.  ^(int x){...}
   3175   ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
   3176                                 Scope *CurScope);
   3177 
   3178   //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
   3179 
   3180   /// __builtin_astype(...)
   3181   ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
   3182                              SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
   3183                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   3184 
   3185   //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
   3186 
   3187   // Act on C++ namespaces
   3188   Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
   3189                                SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
   3190                                SourceLocation IdentLoc,
   3191                                IdentifierInfo *Ident,
   3192                                SourceLocation LBrace,
   3193                                AttributeList *AttrList);
   3194   void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
   3195 
   3196   NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
   3197   NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
   3198 
   3199   CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
   3200 
   3201   /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
   3202   /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
   3203   bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
   3204 
   3205   /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
   3206   /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
   3207   ///
   3208   /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
   3209   QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
   3210 
   3211   /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
   3212   /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
   3213   bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
   3214 
   3215   Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
   3216                             SourceLocation UsingLoc,
   3217                             SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
   3218                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3219                             SourceLocation IdentLoc,
   3220                             IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
   3221                             AttributeList *AttrList);
   3222 
   3223   void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
   3224 
   3225   Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
   3226                                SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
   3227                                SourceLocation AliasLoc,
   3228                                IdentifierInfo *Alias,
   3229                                CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3230                                SourceLocation IdentLoc,
   3231                                IdentifierInfo *Ident);
   3232 
   3233   void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
   3234   bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
   3235                             const LookupResult &PreviousDecls);
   3236   UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
   3237                                         NamedDecl *Target);
   3238 
   3239   bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
   3240                                    bool isTypeName,
   3241                                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3242                                    SourceLocation NameLoc,
   3243                                    const LookupResult &Previous);
   3244   bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
   3245                                const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3246                                SourceLocation NameLoc);
   3247 
   3248   NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
   3249                                    SourceLocation UsingLoc,
   3250                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3251                                    const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   3252                                    AttributeList *AttrList,
   3253                                    bool IsInstantiation,
   3254                                    bool IsTypeName,
   3255                                    SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
   3256 
   3257   bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
   3258 
   3259   Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
   3260                               AccessSpecifier AS,
   3261                               bool HasUsingKeyword,
   3262                               SourceLocation UsingLoc,
   3263                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3264                               UnqualifiedId &Name,
   3265                               AttributeList *AttrList,
   3266                               bool IsTypeName,
   3267                               SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
   3268   Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
   3269                               AccessSpecifier AS,
   3270                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
   3271                               SourceLocation UsingLoc,
   3272                               UnqualifiedId &Name,
   3273                               TypeResult Type);
   3274 
   3275   /// InitializeVarWithConstructor - Creates an CXXConstructExpr
   3276   /// and sets it as the initializer for the passed in VarDecl.
   3277   bool InitializeVarWithConstructor(VarDecl *VD,
   3278                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
   3279                                     MultiExprArg Exprs,
   3280                                     bool HadMultipleCandidates);
   3281 
   3282   /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
   3283   /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
   3284   ///
   3285   /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
   3286   ExprResult
   3287   BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
   3288                         CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
   3289                         bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool RequiresZeroInit,
   3290                         unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
   3291 
   3292   // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
   3293   // the constructor can be elidable?
   3294   ExprResult
   3295   BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
   3296                         CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
   3297                         MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
   3298                         bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
   3299                         SourceRange ParenRange);
   3300 
   3301   /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
   3302   /// the default expr if needed.
   3303   ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
   3304                                     FunctionDecl *FD,
   3305                                     ParmVarDecl *Param);
   3306 
   3307   /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
   3308   /// constructed variable.
   3309   void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
   3310 
   3311   /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
   3312   /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
   3313   class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
   3314     // Pointer to allow copying
   3315     Sema *Self;
   3316     // We order exception specifications thus:
   3317     // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++0x.
   3318     // throw() comes next.
   3319     // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
   3320     // Finally no specification.
   3321     // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
   3322     //
   3323     // If this exception specification cannot be known yet (for instance,
   3324     // because this is the exception specification for a defaulted default
   3325     // constructor and we haven't finished parsing the deferred parts of the
   3326     // class yet), the C++0x standard does not specify how to behave. We
   3327     // record this as an 'unknown' exception specification, which overrules
   3328     // any other specification (even 'none', to keep this rule simple).
   3329     ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
   3330     llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
   3331     SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
   3332 
   3333     void ClearExceptions() {
   3334       ExceptionsSeen.clear();
   3335       Exceptions.clear();
   3336     }
   3337 
   3338   public:
   3339     explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
   3340       : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
   3341       if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x)
   3342         ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
   3343     }
   3344 
   3345     /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
   3346     ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
   3347       assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
   3348              "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
   3349       return ComputedEST;
   3350     }
   3351 
   3352     /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
   3353     unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
   3354 
   3355     /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
   3356     const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
   3357 
   3358     /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
   3359     void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method);
   3360 
   3361     /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
   3362     void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
   3363 
   3364     /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
   3365     /// computed exception specification.
   3366     void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
   3367       EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType();
   3368       EPI.NumExceptions = size();
   3369       EPI.Exceptions = data();
   3370     }
   3371     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const {
   3372       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
   3373       getEPI(EPI);
   3374       return EPI;
   3375     }
   3376   };
   3377 
   3378   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
   3379   /// copy constructor of a class will have.
   3380   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
   3381   ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
   3382                                            CXXMethodDecl *MD);
   3383 
   3384   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
   3385   /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
   3386   /// will be const.
   3387   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
   3388   ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
   3389 
   3390   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
   3391   /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
   3392   /// parameter will be const.
   3393   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
   3394   ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
   3395 
   3396   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
   3397   /// constructor of a class will have.
   3398   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
   3399   ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
   3400 
   3401   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
   3402   /// assignment operator of a class will have.
   3403   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
   3404   ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
   3405 
   3406   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
   3407   /// destructor of a class will have.
   3408   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
   3409   ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
   3410 
   3411   /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
   3412   /// special member function.
   3413   void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
   3414 
   3415   /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
   3416   /// extended prototype information with the results.
   3417   void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
   3418                                    ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
   3419                                    ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
   3420                                    Expr *NoexceptExpr,
   3421                                    llvm::SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
   3422                                    FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
   3423 
   3424   /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
   3425   /// definition when it is defaulted.
   3426   bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
   3427                                  bool Diagnose = false);
   3428 
   3429   /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
   3430   ///
   3431   /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
   3432   /// default constructor will be added.
   3433   ///
   3434   /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
   3435   CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
   3436                                                      CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
   3437 
   3438   /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
   3439   /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
   3440   void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
   3441                                         CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
   3442 
   3443   /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
   3444   ///
   3445   /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
   3446   /// destructor will be added.
   3447   ///
   3448   /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
   3449   CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
   3450 
   3451   /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
   3452   /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
   3453   void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
   3454                                 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
   3455 
   3456   /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
   3457   ///
   3458   /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
   3459   /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
   3460   void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
   3461                                      CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
   3462 
   3463   /// \brief Declare all inherited constructors for the given class.
   3464   ///
   3465   /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inherited
   3466   /// constructors will be added.
   3467   void DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
   3468 
   3469   /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
   3470   ///
   3471   /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
   3472   /// copy constructor will be added.
   3473   ///
   3474   /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
   3475   CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
   3476 
   3477   /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
   3478   /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
   3479   void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
   3480                                      CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
   3481 
   3482   /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
   3483   ///
   3484   /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
   3485   /// move constructor will be added.
   3486   ///
   3487   /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
   3488   /// declared.
   3489   CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
   3490 
   3491   /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
   3492   /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
   3493   void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
   3494                                      CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
   3495 
   3496   /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
   3497   ///
   3498   /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
   3499   /// copy assignment operator will be added.
   3500   ///
   3501   /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
   3502   CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
   3503 
   3504   /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
   3505   void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
   3506                                     CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
   3507 
   3508   /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
   3509   ///
   3510   /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
   3511   /// move assignment operator will be added.
   3512   ///
   3513   /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
   3514   /// wasn't declared.
   3515   CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
   3516 
   3517   /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
   3518   void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
   3519                                     CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
   3520 
   3521   /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
   3522   /// class.
   3523   void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
   3524 
   3525   /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
   3526   /// special member function.
   3527   bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
   3528 
   3529   /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
   3530   /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
   3531   ///
   3532   /// \returns true if an error occurred.
   3533   bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
   3534 
   3535   /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
   3536   /// member function.
   3537   bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
   3538 
   3539   /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
   3540   /// static member function.
   3541   ///
   3542   /// \returns true if an error occurred.
   3543   bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
   3544 
   3545   /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
   3546   /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
   3547   /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
   3548   ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
   3549 
   3550   bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
   3551                                MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
   3552                                SourceLocation Loc,
   3553                                SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
   3554                                bool AllowExplicit = false);
   3555 
   3556   ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
   3557                                IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
   3558                                Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3559                                ParsedType ObjectType,
   3560                                bool EnteringContext);
   3561 
   3562   ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType);
   3563 
   3564   // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
   3565   void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
   3566                                       bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
   3567 
   3568   /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
   3569   ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
   3570                                tok::TokenKind Kind,
   3571                                SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
   3572                                Declarator &D,
   3573                                SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
   3574                                SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   3575                                Expr *E,
   3576                                SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   3577 
   3578   ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
   3579                                tok::TokenKind Kind,
   3580                                TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
   3581                                Expr *E,
   3582                                SourceRange AngleBrackets,
   3583                                SourceRange Parens);
   3584 
   3585   ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
   3586                             SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
   3587                             TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
   3588                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   3589   ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
   3590                             SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
   3591                             Expr *Operand,
   3592                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   3593 
   3594   /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
   3595   ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
   3596                             SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
   3597                             void *TyOrExpr,
   3598                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   3599 
   3600   ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
   3601                             SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
   3602                             TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
   3603                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   3604   ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
   3605                             SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
   3606                             Expr *Operand,
   3607                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   3608 
   3609   /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
   3610   ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
   3611                             SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
   3612                             void *TyOrExpr,
   3613                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   3614 
   3615 
   3616   //// ActOnCXXThis -  Parse 'this' pointer.
   3617   ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
   3618 
   3619   /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
   3620   ///
   3621   /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
   3622   QualType getCurrentThisType();
   3623 
   3624   /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
   3625   /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
   3626   /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
   3627   QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
   3628 
   3629   /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
   3630   /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
   3631   class CXXThisScopeRAII {
   3632     Sema &S;
   3633     QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
   3634     bool Enabled;
   3635 
   3636   public:
   3637     /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
   3638     /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
   3639     /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
   3640     /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
   3641     CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
   3642                      bool Enabled = true);
   3643 
   3644     ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
   3645   };
   3646 
   3647   /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
   3648   /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
   3649   ///
   3650   /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
   3651   ///
   3652   /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
   3653   /// capture list.
   3654   void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false);
   3655 
   3656   /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
   3657   /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
   3658   /// being defined.
   3659   bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
   3660 
   3661   /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
   3662   ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
   3663 
   3664 
   3665   /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
   3666   ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
   3667 
   3668   /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
   3669   ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
   3670 
   3671   //// ActOnCXXThrow -  Parse throw expressions.
   3672   ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
   3673   ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
   3674                            bool IsThrownVarInScope);
   3675   ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E,
   3676                                   bool IsThrownVarInScope);
   3677 
   3678   /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
   3679   /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
   3680   /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
   3681   /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
   3682   ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
   3683                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   3684                                        MultiExprArg Exprs,
   3685                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   3686 
   3687   ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
   3688                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   3689                                        MultiExprArg Exprs,
   3690                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   3691 
   3692   /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
   3693   ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
   3694                          SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
   3695                          MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
   3696                          SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
   3697                          SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
   3698                          Expr *Initializer);
   3699   ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
   3700                          SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
   3701                          MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
   3702                          SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
   3703                          SourceRange TypeIdParens,
   3704                          QualType AllocType,
   3705                          TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
   3706                          Expr *ArraySize,
   3707                          SourceRange DirectInitRange,
   3708                          Expr *Initializer,
   3709                          bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
   3710 
   3711   bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
   3712                           SourceRange R);
   3713   bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
   3714                                bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
   3715                                Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs,
   3716                                FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
   3717                                FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
   3718   bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
   3719                               DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args,
   3720                               unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx,
   3721                               bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
   3722                               bool Diagnose = true);
   3723   void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
   3724   void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
   3725                                        QualType Argument,
   3726                                        bool addMallocAttr = false);
   3727 
   3728   bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
   3729                                 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
   3730                                 bool Diagnose = true);
   3731 
   3732   /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
   3733   ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
   3734                             bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
   3735                             Expr *Operand);
   3736 
   3737   DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
   3738   ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
   3739                                     SourceLocation StmtLoc,
   3740                                     bool ConvertToBoolean);
   3741 
   3742   ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
   3743                                Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
   3744   ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
   3745                                   SourceLocation RParen);
   3746 
   3747   /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
   3748   /// pseudo-functions.
   3749   ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
   3750                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
   3751                                  ParsedType Ty,
   3752                                  SourceLocation RParen);
   3753 
   3754   ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
   3755                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
   3756                                  TypeSourceInfo *T,
   3757                                  SourceLocation RParen);
   3758 
   3759   /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
   3760   /// pseudo-functions.
   3761   ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT,
   3762                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
   3763                                   ParsedType LhsTy,
   3764                                   ParsedType RhsTy,
   3765                                   SourceLocation RParen);
   3766 
   3767   ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
   3768                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
   3769                                   TypeSourceInfo *LhsT,
   3770                                   TypeSourceInfo *RhsT,
   3771                                   SourceLocation RParen);
   3772 
   3773   /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
   3774   ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
   3775                             ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
   3776                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   3777   ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
   3778                             ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
   3779                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   3780 
   3781   /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
   3782   /// pseudo-functions.
   3783   ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
   3784                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
   3785                                  ParsedType LhsTy,
   3786                                  Expr *DimExpr,
   3787                                  SourceLocation RParen);
   3788 
   3789   ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
   3790                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
   3791                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
   3792                                  Expr *DimExpr,
   3793                                  SourceLocation RParen);
   3794 
   3795   /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
   3796   /// pseudo-functions.
   3797   ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
   3798                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
   3799                                   Expr *Queried,
   3800                                   SourceLocation RParen);
   3801 
   3802   ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
   3803                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
   3804                                   Expr *Queried,
   3805                                   SourceLocation RParen);
   3806 
   3807   ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
   3808                                           Expr *Base,
   3809                                           SourceLocation OpLoc,
   3810                                           tok::TokenKind OpKind,
   3811                                           ParsedType &ObjectType,
   3812                                           bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
   3813 
   3814   ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr);
   3815 
   3816   ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
   3817                                        SourceLocation OpLoc,
   3818                                        tok::TokenKind OpKind,
   3819                                        const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3820                                        TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
   3821                                        SourceLocation CCLoc,
   3822                                        SourceLocation TildeLoc,
   3823                                      PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType,
   3824                                        bool HasTrailingLParen);
   3825 
   3826   ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
   3827                                        SourceLocation OpLoc,
   3828                                        tok::TokenKind OpKind,
   3829                                        CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3830                                        UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
   3831                                        SourceLocation CCLoc,
   3832                                        SourceLocation TildeLoc,
   3833                                        UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName,
   3834                                        bool HasTrailingLParen);
   3835 
   3836   ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
   3837                                        SourceLocation OpLoc,
   3838                                        tok::TokenKind OpKind,
   3839                                        SourceLocation TildeLoc,
   3840                                        const DeclSpec& DS,
   3841                                        bool HasTrailingLParen);
   3842 
   3843   /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
   3844   /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
   3845   /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
   3846   Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
   3847   Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
   3848   ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
   3849 
   3850   ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
   3851     return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
   3852                                           : SourceLocation());
   3853   }
   3854   ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC);
   3855   StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
   3856 
   3857   // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
   3858   bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
   3859 
   3860   DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
   3861   DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3862                                   bool EnteringContext = false);
   3863   bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
   3864   CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
   3865   bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
   3866 
   3867   /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
   3868   ///
   3869   /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
   3870   ///
   3871   /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
   3872   ///
   3873   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
   3874   /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
   3875   ///
   3876   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   3877   bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc,
   3878                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS);
   3879 
   3880   bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(NamedDecl *SD);
   3881   NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
   3882 
   3883   bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3884                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
   3885                                     IdentifierInfo &II,
   3886                                     ParsedType ObjectType);
   3887 
   3888   bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
   3889                                    IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
   3890                                    SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
   3891                                    SourceLocation CCLoc,
   3892                                    QualType ObjectType,
   3893                                    bool EnteringContext,
   3894                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3895                                    NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
   3896                                    bool ErrorRecoveryLookup);
   3897 
   3898   /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
   3899   ///
   3900   /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
   3901   ///
   3902   /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'.
   3903   ///
   3904   /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
   3905   ///
   3906   /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
   3907   ///
   3908   /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing
   3909   /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression.
   3910   ///
   3911   /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
   3912   /// this nested-name-specifier.
   3913   ///
   3914   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
   3915   /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
   3916   /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
   3917   /// including this new type).
   3918   ///
   3919   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   3920   bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
   3921                                    IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
   3922                                    SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
   3923                                    SourceLocation CCLoc,
   3924                                    ParsedType ObjectType,
   3925                                    bool EnteringContext,
   3926                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS);
   3927 
   3928   ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
   3929 
   3930   bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3931                                            const DeclSpec &DS,
   3932                                            SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
   3933 
   3934   bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3935                                  IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
   3936                                  SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
   3937                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc,
   3938                                  ParsedType ObjectType,
   3939                                  bool EnteringContext);
   3940 
   3941   /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
   3942   /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
   3943   ///
   3944   /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
   3945   ///
   3946   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
   3947   /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
   3948   /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
   3949   /// including this new type).
   3950   ///
   3951   /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
   3952   /// \param TemplateName the template name.
   3953   /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
   3954   /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
   3955   /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
   3956   /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
   3957   /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
   3958   ///
   3959   /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
   3960   /// nested-name-specifier.
   3961   ///
   3962   ///
   3963   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   3964   bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
   3965                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3966                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   3967                                    TemplateTy TemplateName,
   3968                                    SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
   3969                                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
   3970                                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
   3971                                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
   3972                                    SourceLocation CCLoc,
   3973                                    bool EnteringContext);
   3974 
   3975   /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
   3976   /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
   3977   /// nested-name-specifier.
   3978   ///
   3979   /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
   3980   ///
   3981   /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
   3982   /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
   3983   void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
   3984 
   3985   /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
   3986   /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
   3987   ///
   3988   /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
   3989   /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
   3990   ///
   3991   /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
   3992   ///
   3993   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
   3994   /// of the annotation pointer.
   3995   void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
   3996                                             SourceRange AnnotationRange,
   3997                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS);
   3998 
   3999   bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
   4000 
   4001   /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
   4002   /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
   4003   /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
   4004   /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
   4005   /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
   4006   /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
   4007   bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
   4008 
   4009   /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
   4010   /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
   4011   /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
   4012   /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
   4013   /// defining scope.
   4014   void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
   4015 
   4016   /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
   4017   /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
   4018   /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
   4019   /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
   4020   /// class X.
   4021   void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
   4022 
   4023   /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
   4024   /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
   4025   void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
   4026 
   4027   /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
   4028   CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
   4029                                          bool KnownDependent = false);
   4030 
   4031   /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
   4032   CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
   4033                                        SourceRange IntroducerRange,
   4034                                        TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
   4035                                        SourceLocation EndLoc,
   4036                                        llvm::ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params);
   4037 
   4038   /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression.
   4039   sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
   4040                                           SourceRange IntroducerRange,
   4041                                           LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
   4042                                           bool ExplicitParams,
   4043                                           bool ExplicitResultType,
   4044                                           bool Mutable);
   4045 
   4046   /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
   4047   /// given lambda.
   4048   void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
   4049 
   4050   /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
   4051   void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
   4052 
   4053   /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
   4054   /// statements present in the body.
   4055   void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
   4056 
   4057   /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
   4058   /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
   4059   /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
   4060   /// lambda.
   4061   void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
   4062                                     Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
   4063 
   4064   /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
   4065   /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
   4066   void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
   4067                         bool IsInstantiation = false);
   4068 
   4069   /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
   4070   /// was successfully completed.
   4071   ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
   4072                              Scope *CurScope,
   4073                              bool IsInstantiation = false);
   4074 
   4075   /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
   4076   /// function pointer.
   4077   ///
   4078   /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
   4079   /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
   4080   /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
   4081   /// block pointer conversion.
   4082   void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
   4083          SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
   4084 
   4085   /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
   4086   /// block pointer.
   4087   ///
   4088   /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
   4089   /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
   4090   /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
   4091   /// block pointer conversion.
   4092   void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
   4093                                                     CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
   4094 
   4095   ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
   4096                                            SourceLocation ConvLocation,
   4097                                            CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
   4098                                            Expr *Src);
   4099 
   4100   // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
   4101   ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
   4102                                     Expr **Strings,
   4103                                     unsigned NumStrings);
   4104 
   4105   ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
   4106 
   4107   /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
   4108   /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
   4109   /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
   4110   ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
   4111   ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
   4112                                   bool Value);
   4113   ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
   4114 
   4115   /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
   4116   /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
   4117   /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of
   4118   /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or
   4119   /// "char *" or "const char *".
   4120   ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
   4121 
   4122   ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
   4123                                           Expr *IndexExpr,
   4124                                           ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
   4125                                           ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
   4126 
   4127   ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
   4128                                         ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements,
   4129                                         unsigned NumElements);
   4130 
   4131   ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
   4132                                   TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
   4133                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4134   ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
   4135                                     CXXConversionDecl *Method,
   4136                                     bool HadMultipleCandidates);
   4137 
   4138   ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
   4139                                        SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
   4140                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   4141                                        ParsedType Ty,
   4142                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4143 
   4144   /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
   4145   ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
   4146                                          SourceLocation AtLoc,
   4147                                          SourceLocation SelLoc,
   4148                                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   4149                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4150 
   4151   /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
   4152   ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
   4153                                          SourceLocation AtLoc,
   4154                                          SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
   4155                                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   4156                                          SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
   4157                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4158 
   4159   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   4160   // C++ Declarations
   4161   //
   4162   Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
   4163                                        SourceLocation ExternLoc,
   4164                                        SourceLocation LangLoc,
   4165                                        StringRef Lang,
   4166                                        SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
   4167   Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
   4168                                         Decl *LinkageSpec,
   4169                                         SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
   4170 
   4171 
   4172   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   4173   // C++ Classes
   4174   //
   4175   bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
   4176                           const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
   4177 
   4178   bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
   4179                             SourceLocation ASLoc,
   4180                             SourceLocation ColonLoc,
   4181                             AttributeList *Attrs = 0);
   4182 
   4183   Decl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
   4184                                  Declarator &D,
   4185                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
   4186                                  Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
   4187                                  InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
   4188   void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc,
   4189                                         Expr *Init);
   4190 
   4191   MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
   4192                                     Scope *S,
   4193                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4194                                     IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
   4195                                     ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
   4196                                     const DeclSpec &DS,
   4197                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
   4198                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   4199                                     Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
   4200                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   4201                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
   4202 
   4203   MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
   4204                                     Scope *S,
   4205                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4206                                     IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
   4207                                     ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
   4208                                     const DeclSpec &DS,
   4209                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
   4210                                     Expr *InitList,
   4211                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
   4212 
   4213   MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
   4214                                     Scope *S,
   4215                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4216                                     IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
   4217                                     ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
   4218                                     const DeclSpec &DS,
   4219                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
   4220                                     Expr *Init,
   4221                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
   4222 
   4223   MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
   4224                                        Expr *Init,
   4225                                        SourceLocation IdLoc);
   4226 
   4227   MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
   4228                                      TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
   4229                                      Expr *Init,
   4230                                      CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
   4231                                      SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
   4232 
   4233   MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   4234                                            Expr *Init,
   4235                                            CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
   4236 
   4237   bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
   4238                                 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
   4239 
   4240   bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
   4241                            CXXCtorInitializer **Initializers,
   4242                            unsigned NumInitializers, bool AnyErrors);
   4243 
   4244   void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
   4245 
   4246 
   4247   /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
   4248   /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
   4249   /// referenced.
   4250   void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
   4251                                               CXXRecordDecl *Record);
   4252 
   4253   /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
   4254   /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
   4255   /// first use occurred.
   4256   typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
   4257 
   4258   /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
   4259   /// materialized.
   4260   SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
   4261 
   4262   /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
   4263   /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
   4264   /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
   4265   /// by code generation).
   4266   llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
   4267 
   4268   /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
   4269   void LoadExternalVTableUses();
   4270 
   4271   typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
   4272                      &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2>
   4273     DynamicClassesType;
   4274 
   4275   /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation
   4276   /// unit.
   4277   DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses;
   4278 
   4279   /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
   4280   /// given location.
   4281   void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
   4282                       bool DefinitionRequired = false);
   4283 
   4284   /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
   4285   /// in the given class as needed.
   4286   void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
   4287                                              const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
   4288 
   4289   /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
   4290   /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
   4291   void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
   4292                                     const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
   4293 
   4294   /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
   4295   /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
   4296   /// vtables.
   4297   ///
   4298   /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
   4299   bool DefineUsedVTables();
   4300 
   4301   void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
   4302 
   4303   void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
   4304                             SourceLocation ColonLoc,
   4305                             CXXCtorInitializer **MemInits,
   4306                             unsigned NumMemInits,
   4307                             bool AnyErrors);
   4308 
   4309   void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
   4310   void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
   4311                                          Decl *TagDecl,
   4312                                          SourceLocation LBrac,
   4313                                          SourceLocation RBrac,
   4314                                          AttributeList *AttrList);
   4315   void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
   4316 
   4317   void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
   4318   void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D);
   4319   void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
   4320   void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
   4321   void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
   4322   void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
   4323   void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
   4324   void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
   4325   void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true);
   4326   bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
   4327 
   4328   Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
   4329                                      Expr *AssertExpr,
   4330                                      Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
   4331                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4332   Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
   4333                                      Expr *AssertExpr,
   4334                                      StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
   4335                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   4336                                      bool Failed);
   4337 
   4338   FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation Loc,
   4339                                   SourceLocation FriendLoc,
   4340                                   TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
   4341   Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
   4342                             MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
   4343   Decl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
   4344                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
   4345 
   4346   QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
   4347                                       StorageClass& SC);
   4348   void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
   4349   QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
   4350                                      StorageClass& SC);
   4351   bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
   4352   void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
   4353                                  StorageClass& SC);
   4354   Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
   4355 
   4356   void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMethods(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
   4357   void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
   4358 
   4359   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   4360   // C++ Derived Classes
   4361   //
   4362 
   4363   /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
   4364   CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
   4365                                        SourceRange SpecifierRange,
   4366                                        bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
   4367                                        TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   4368                                        SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
   4369 
   4370   BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
   4371                                 SourceRange SpecifierRange,
   4372                                 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
   4373                                 ParsedType basetype,
   4374                                 SourceLocation BaseLoc,
   4375                                 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
   4376 
   4377   bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
   4378                             unsigned NumBases);
   4379   void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
   4380                            unsigned NumBases);
   4381 
   4382   bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base);
   4383   bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths);
   4384 
   4385   // FIXME: I don't like this name.
   4386   void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
   4387 
   4388   bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath);
   4389 
   4390   bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
   4391                                     SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
   4392                                     CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
   4393                                     bool IgnoreAccess = false);
   4394   bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
   4395                                     unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
   4396                                     unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
   4397                                     SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
   4398                                     DeclarationName Name,
   4399                                     CXXCastPath *BasePath);
   4400 
   4401   std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
   4402 
   4403   /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
   4404   /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
   4405   bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
   4406                                          const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
   4407 
   4408   /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
   4409   /// spec is a subset of base spec.
   4410   bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
   4411                                             const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
   4412 
   4413   bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
   4414 
   4415   /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
   4416   void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D);
   4417 
   4418   /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
   4419   /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
   4420   /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
   4421   bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
   4422                                               const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
   4423 
   4424 
   4425   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   4426   // C++ Access Control
   4427   //
   4428 
   4429   enum AccessResult {
   4430     AR_accessible,
   4431     AR_inaccessible,
   4432     AR_dependent,
   4433     AR_delayed
   4434   };
   4435 
   4436   bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
   4437                                 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
   4438                                 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
   4439 
   4440   AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
   4441                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
   4442   AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
   4443                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
   4444   AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
   4445                                      SourceRange PlacementRange,
   4446                                      CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
   4447                                      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
   4448                                      bool Diagnose = true);
   4449   AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
   4450                                       CXXConstructorDecl *D,
   4451                                       const InitializedEntity &Entity,
   4452                                       AccessSpecifier Access,
   4453                                       bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
   4454   AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
   4455                                       CXXConstructorDecl *D,
   4456                                       const InitializedEntity &Entity,
   4457                                       AccessSpecifier Access,
   4458                                       const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
   4459   AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
   4460                                      CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
   4461                                      const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
   4462                                      QualType objectType = QualType());
   4463   AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
   4464   AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
   4465                                          Expr *ObjectExpr,
   4466                                          Expr *ArgExpr,
   4467                                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
   4468   AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
   4469                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
   4470   AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
   4471                                     QualType Base, QualType Derived,
   4472                                     const CXXBasePath &Path,
   4473                                     unsigned DiagID,
   4474                                     bool ForceCheck = false,
   4475                                     bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
   4476   void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
   4477   bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
   4478   bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
   4479                                             AccessSpecifier access,
   4480                                             QualType objectType);
   4481 
   4482   void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
   4483                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   4484   void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
   4485                         const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   4486 
   4487   void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
   4488 
   4489   /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
   4490   /// failures rather than hard errors.
   4491   bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
   4492 
   4493   enum AbstractDiagSelID {
   4494     AbstractNone = -1,
   4495     AbstractReturnType,
   4496     AbstractParamType,
   4497     AbstractVariableType,
   4498     AbstractFieldType,
   4499     AbstractIvarType,
   4500     AbstractArrayType
   4501   };
   4502 
   4503   bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
   4504                               TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
   4505   template<typename T1>
   4506   bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
   4507                               unsigned DiagID,
   4508                               const T1 &Arg1) {
   4509     BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
   4510     return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
   4511   }
   4512 
   4513   template<typename T1, typename T2>
   4514   bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
   4515                               unsigned DiagID,
   4516                               const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
   4517     BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
   4518     return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
   4519   }
   4520 
   4521   template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
   4522   bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
   4523                               unsigned DiagID,
   4524                               const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
   4525     BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3);
   4526     return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
   4527   }
   4528 
   4529   void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
   4530 
   4531   bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
   4532                               AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone);
   4533 
   4534   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   4535   // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
   4536   //
   4537 
   4538   bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
   4539 
   4540   bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
   4541 
   4542   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   4543   // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
   4544   //
   4545   void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
   4546                                      bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
   4547   bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
   4548                                      bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
   4549 
   4550   void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4551                           QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
   4552                           bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
   4553 
   4554   TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
   4555                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4556                                   bool hasTemplateKeyword,
   4557                                   UnqualifiedId &Name,
   4558                                   ParsedType ObjectType,
   4559                                   bool EnteringContext,
   4560                                   TemplateTy &Template,
   4561                                   bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
   4562 
   4563   bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
   4564                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
   4565                                    Scope *S,
   4566                                    const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
   4567                                    TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
   4568                                    TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
   4569 
   4570   void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
   4571   TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
   4572 
   4573   Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis,
   4574                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
   4575                            SourceLocation KeyLoc,
   4576                            IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
   4577                            SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
   4578                            unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
   4579                            SourceLocation EqualLoc,
   4580                            ParsedType DefaultArg);
   4581 
   4582   QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
   4583   Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
   4584                                       unsigned Depth,
   4585                                       unsigned Position,
   4586                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
   4587                                       Expr *DefaultArg);
   4588   Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
   4589                                        SourceLocation TmpLoc,
   4590                                        TemplateParameterList *Params,
   4591                                        SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
   4592                                        IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
   4593                                        SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
   4594                                        unsigned Depth,
   4595                                        unsigned Position,
   4596                                        SourceLocation EqualLoc,
   4597                                        ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
   4598 
   4599   TemplateParameterList *
   4600   ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
   4601                              SourceLocation ExportLoc,
   4602                              SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   4603                              SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
   4604                              Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
   4605                              SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
   4606 
   4607   /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter
   4608   /// list.
   4609   enum TemplateParamListContext {
   4610     TPC_ClassTemplate,
   4611     TPC_FunctionTemplate,
   4612     TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
   4613     TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
   4614     TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
   4615     TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
   4616   };
   4617 
   4618   bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
   4619                                   TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
   4620                                   TemplateParamListContext TPC);
   4621   TemplateParameterList *
   4622   MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc,
   4623                                           SourceLocation DeclLoc,
   4624                                           const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4625                                           TemplateParameterList **ParamLists,
   4626                                           unsigned NumParamLists,
   4627                                           bool IsFriend,
   4628                                           bool &IsExplicitSpecialization,
   4629                                           bool &Invalid);
   4630 
   4631   DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
   4632                                 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4633                                 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
   4634                                 AttributeList *Attr,
   4635                                 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
   4636                                 AccessSpecifier AS,
   4637                                 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
   4638                                 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
   4639                             TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists);
   4640 
   4641   void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
   4642                                   TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
   4643 
   4644   void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
   4645 
   4646   QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
   4647                                SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   4648                               TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
   4649 
   4650   TypeResult
   4651   ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   4652                       TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   4653                       SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
   4654                       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
   4655                       SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
   4656                       bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false);
   4657 
   4658   /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
   4659   /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
   4660   TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
   4661                                     TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
   4662                                     SourceLocation TagLoc,
   4663                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4664                                     SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   4665                                     TemplateTy TemplateD,
   4666                                     SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   4667                                     SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
   4668                                     ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
   4669                                     SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
   4670 
   4671 
   4672   ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4673                                  SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   4674                                  LookupResult &R,
   4675                                  bool RequiresADL,
   4676                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
   4677 
   4678   ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4679                                           SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   4680                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   4681                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
   4682 
   4683   TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S,
   4684                                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4685                                               SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   4686                                               UnqualifiedId &Name,
   4687                                               ParsedType ObjectType,
   4688                                               bool EnteringContext,
   4689                                               TemplateTy &Template);
   4690 
   4691   DeclResult
   4692   ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
   4693                                    SourceLocation KWLoc,
   4694                                    SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
   4695                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4696                                    TemplateTy Template,
   4697                                    SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
   4698                                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
   4699                                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
   4700                                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
   4701                                    AttributeList *Attr,
   4702                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
   4703 
   4704   Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
   4705                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
   4706                                 Declarator &D);
   4707 
   4708   Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
   4709                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
   4710                                         Declarator &D);
   4711 
   4712   bool
   4713   CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
   4714                                          TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
   4715                                          NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
   4716                                          TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
   4717                                          SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
   4718                                          bool &SuppressNew);
   4719 
   4720   bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
   4721                     const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
   4722                                                     LookupResult &Previous);
   4723 
   4724   bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
   4725                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
   4726                                            LookupResult &Previous);
   4727   bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
   4728 
   4729   DeclResult
   4730   ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
   4731                              SourceLocation ExternLoc,
   4732                              SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   4733                              unsigned TagSpec,
   4734                              SourceLocation KWLoc,
   4735                              const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4736                              TemplateTy Template,
   4737                              SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
   4738                              SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
   4739                              ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
   4740                              SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
   4741                              AttributeList *Attr);
   4742 
   4743   DeclResult
   4744   ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
   4745                              SourceLocation ExternLoc,
   4746                              SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   4747                              unsigned TagSpec,
   4748                              SourceLocation KWLoc,
   4749                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4750                              IdentifierInfo *Name,
   4751                              SourceLocation NameLoc,
   4752                              AttributeList *Attr);
   4753 
   4754   DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
   4755                                         SourceLocation ExternLoc,
   4756                                         SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   4757                                         Declarator &D);
   4758 
   4759   TemplateArgumentLoc
   4760   SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
   4761                                           SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   4762                                           SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
   4763                                           Decl *Param,
   4764                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
   4765 
   4766   /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
   4767   /// argument is being checked.
   4768   enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
   4769     /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
   4770     /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
   4771     CTAK_Specified,
   4772 
   4773     /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
   4774     /// deduction.
   4775     CTAK_Deduced,
   4776 
   4777     /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
   4778     /// via template argument deduction.
   4779     CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
   4780   };
   4781 
   4782   bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
   4783                              const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
   4784                              NamedDecl *Template,
   4785                              SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   4786                              SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
   4787                              unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
   4788                            SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
   4789                              CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
   4790 
   4791   /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
   4792   /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
   4793   ///
   4794   /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
   4795   /// provided.
   4796   ///
   4797   /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
   4798   ///
   4799   /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
   4800   /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
   4801   /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
   4802   /// arguments.
   4803   ///
   4804   /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
   4805   /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
   4806   /// set of template arguments.
   4807   ///
   4808   /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
   4809   /// arguments.
   4810   ///
   4811   ///
   4812   /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate
   4813   /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being
   4814   /// expanded into a fixed parameter list.
   4815   ///
   4816   /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   4817   bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
   4818                                  SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   4819                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
   4820                                  bool PartialTemplateArgs,
   4821                            SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
   4822                                  bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0);
   4823 
   4824   bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
   4825                                  const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
   4826                            SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
   4827 
   4828   bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
   4829                              TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
   4830   ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
   4831                                    QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
   4832                                    TemplateArgument &Converted,
   4833                                CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
   4834   bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
   4835                              const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
   4836                              unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
   4837 
   4838   ExprResult
   4839   BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
   4840                                           QualType ParamType,
   4841                                           SourceLocation Loc);
   4842   ExprResult
   4843   BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
   4844                                               SourceLocation Loc);
   4845 
   4846   /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
   4847   /// for equality.
   4848   enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
   4849     /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
   4850     /// that might be redeclarations.
   4851     ///
   4852     /// \code
   4853     /// template<typename T> struct X;
   4854     /// template<typename T> struct X;
   4855     /// \endcode
   4856     TPL_TemplateMatch,
   4857 
   4858     /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
   4859     /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
   4860     /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
   4861     ///
   4862     /// \code
   4863     /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
   4864     /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
   4865     /// \endcode
   4866     TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
   4867 
   4868     /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
   4869     /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
   4870     /// template parameter.
   4871     ///
   4872     /// \code
   4873     /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
   4874     /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
   4875     /// X<integer_c> xic;
   4876     /// \endcode
   4877     TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
   4878   };
   4879 
   4880   bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
   4881                                       TemplateParameterList *Old,
   4882                                       bool Complain,
   4883                                       TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
   4884                                       SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
   4885                                         = SourceLocation());
   4886 
   4887   bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
   4888 
   4889   /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
   4890   /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
   4891   ///
   4892   /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
   4893   /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
   4894   /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
   4895   /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
   4896   /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
   4897   TypeResult
   4898   ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
   4899                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
   4900                     SourceLocation IdLoc);
   4901 
   4902   /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
   4903   /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
   4904   /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
   4905   ///
   4906   /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
   4907   /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
   4908   /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
   4909   /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
   4910   /// \param TemplateName The template name.
   4911   /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
   4912   /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
   4913   /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
   4914   /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
   4915   TypeResult
   4916   ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
   4917                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4918                     SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   4919                     TemplateTy TemplateName,
   4920                     SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
   4921                     SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
   4922                     ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
   4923                     SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
   4924 
   4925   QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
   4926                              SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
   4927                              NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
   4928                              const IdentifierInfo &II,
   4929                              SourceLocation IILoc);
   4930 
   4931   TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
   4932                                                     SourceLocation Loc,
   4933                                                     DeclarationName Name);
   4934   bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
   4935 
   4936   ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
   4937   bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
   4938                                                 TemplateParameterList *Params);
   4939 
   4940   std::string
   4941   getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
   4942                                   const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
   4943 
   4944   std::string
   4945   getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
   4946                                   const TemplateArgument *Args,
   4947                                   unsigned NumArgs);
   4948 
   4949   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   4950   // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
   4951   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   4952 
   4953   /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
   4954   /// being diagnosed.
   4955   ///
   4956   /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
   4957   /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
   4958   enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
   4959     /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
   4960     UPPC_Expression = 0,
   4961 
   4962     /// \brief The base type of a class type.
   4963     UPPC_BaseType,
   4964 
   4965     /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
   4966     UPPC_DeclarationType,
   4967 
   4968     /// \brief The type of a data member.
   4969     UPPC_DataMemberType,
   4970 
   4971     /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
   4972     UPPC_BitFieldWidth,
   4973 
   4974     /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
   4975     UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
   4976 
   4977     /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
   4978     UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
   4979 
   4980     /// \brief The enumerator value.
   4981     UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
   4982 
   4983     /// \brief A using declaration.
   4984     UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
   4985 
   4986     /// \brief A friend declaration.
   4987     UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
   4988 
   4989     /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
   4990     UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
   4991 
   4992     /// \brief An initializer.
   4993     UPPC_Initializer,
   4994 
   4995     /// \brief A default argument.
   4996     UPPC_DefaultArgument,
   4997 
   4998     /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
   4999     UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
   5000 
   5001     /// \brief The type of an exception.
   5002     UPPC_ExceptionType,
   5003 
   5004     /// \brief Partial specialization.
   5005     UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
   5006 
   5007     /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
   5008     UPPC_IfExists,
   5009 
   5010     /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
   5011     UPPC_IfNotExists,
   5012 
   5013     /// \brief Lambda expression.
   5014     UPPC_Lambda,
   5015 
   5016     /// \brief Block expression,
   5017     UPPC_Block
   5018 };
   5019 
   5020   /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
   5021   ///
   5022   /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
   5023   ///
   5024   /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
   5025   /// parameter packs.
   5026   ///
   5027   /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
   5028   ///
   5029   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   5030   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
   5031                                         UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
   5032                                   ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
   5033 
   5034   /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
   5035   /// diagnose the error.
   5036   ///
   5037   /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
   5038   ///
   5039   /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
   5040   /// packs.
   5041   ///
   5042   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   5043   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
   5044                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
   5045 
   5046   /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
   5047   /// pack, diagnose the error.
   5048   ///
   5049   /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
   5050   /// parameter packs.
   5051   ///
   5052   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   5053   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
   5054                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
   5055 
   5056   /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
   5057   /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
   5058   ///
   5059   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
   5060   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
   5061   ///
   5062   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   5063   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   5064                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
   5065 
   5066   /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
   5067   /// diagnose the error.
   5068   ///
   5069   /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
   5070   /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
   5071   ///
   5072   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   5073   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   5074                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
   5075 
   5076   /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
   5077   /// diagnose the error.
   5078   ///
   5079   /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
   5080   ///
   5081   /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
   5082   /// parameter packs.
   5083   ///
   5084   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   5085   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
   5086                                        TemplateName Template,
   5087                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
   5088 
   5089   /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
   5090   /// pack, diagnose the error.
   5091   ///
   5092   /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
   5093   /// parameter packs.
   5094   ///
   5095   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   5096   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
   5097                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
   5098 
   5099   /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
   5100   /// template argument.
   5101   ///
   5102   /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
   5103   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
   5104   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
   5105                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
   5106 
   5107   /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
   5108   /// template argument.
   5109   ///
   5110   /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
   5111   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
   5112   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
   5113                     SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
   5114 
   5115   /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
   5116   /// type.
   5117   ///
   5118   /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
   5119   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
   5120   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
   5121                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
   5122 
   5123   /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
   5124   /// type.
   5125   ///
   5126   /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
   5127   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
   5128   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
   5129                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
   5130 
   5131   /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
   5132   /// nested-name-specifier.
   5133   ///
   5134   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
   5135   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
   5136   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   5137                          SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
   5138 
   5139   /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
   5140   /// name.
   5141   ///
   5142   /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
   5143   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
   5144   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   5145                          SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
   5146 
   5147   /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
   5148   /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
   5149   ///
   5150   /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
   5151   /// may already be invalid.
   5152   ///
   5153   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
   5154   ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
   5155                                             SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
   5156 
   5157   /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
   5158   /// creates a pack expansion.
   5159   ///
   5160   /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
   5161   /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
   5162   ///
   5163   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
   5164   TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
   5165 
   5166   /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
   5167   /// expansion.
   5168   TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
   5169                                      SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
   5170                                      llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
   5171 
   5172   /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
   5173   /// expansion.
   5174   QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
   5175                               SourceRange PatternRange,
   5176                               SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
   5177                               llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
   5178 
   5179   /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
   5180   /// creates a pack expansion.
   5181   ///
   5182   /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
   5183   /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
   5184   ///
   5185   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
   5186   ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
   5187 
   5188   /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
   5189   /// creates a pack expansion.
   5190   ///
   5191   /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
   5192   /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
   5193   ///
   5194   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
   5195   ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
   5196                                 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
   5197 
   5198   /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
   5199   /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
   5200   /// transforming the pattern.
   5201   ///
   5202   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
   5203   /// pack expansion.
   5204   ///
   5205   /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
   5206   /// the pack expansion.
   5207   ///
   5208   /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
   5209   /// pattern.
   5210   ///
   5211   /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
   5212   /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
   5213   /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
   5214   ///
   5215   /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
   5216   /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
   5217   /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
   5218   /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
   5219   ///
   5220   /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
   5221   /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
   5222   /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
   5223   /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
   5224   /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
   5225   /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
   5226   /// set this value in other cases.
   5227   ///
   5228   /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
   5229   /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
   5230   /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
   5231   /// must be set.
   5232   bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
   5233                                        SourceRange PatternRange,
   5234                              llvm::ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
   5235                              const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   5236                                        bool &ShouldExpand,
   5237                                        bool &RetainExpansion,
   5238                                        llvm::Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
   5239 
   5240   /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
   5241   /// type.
   5242   ///
   5243   /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
   5244   /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
   5245   ///
   5246   /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
   5247   llvm::Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
   5248                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   5249 
   5250   /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
   5251   /// parameter packs.
   5252   ///
   5253   /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
   5254   /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
   5255   ///
   5256   /// \code
   5257   ///   void f(T...);
   5258   /// \endcode
   5259   ///
   5260   /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
   5261   /// a variadic function.
   5262   ///
   5263   /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
   5264   /// false otherwise.
   5265   bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
   5266 
   5267   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   5268   // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
   5269   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   5270 
   5271   /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
   5272   ///
   5273   /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
   5274   /// template argument deduction, as returned from
   5275   /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
   5276   /// structure provides additional information about the results of
   5277   /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
   5278   /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
   5279   /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
   5280   enum TemplateDeductionResult {
   5281     /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
   5282     TDK_Success = 0,
   5283     /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
   5284     /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
   5285     TDK_InstantiationDepth,
   5286     /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
   5287     /// for every template parameter.
   5288     TDK_Incomplete,
   5289     /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
   5290     /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
   5291     TDK_Inconsistent,
   5292     /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
   5293     /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
   5294     /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
   5295     /// but were given a non-const "X".
   5296     TDK_Underqualified,
   5297     /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
   5298     /// resulted in an error.
   5299     TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
   5300     /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
   5301     /// into a non-deduced context produced a type or value that
   5302     /// produces a type that does not match the original template
   5303     /// arguments provided.
   5304     TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
   5305     /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
   5306     /// template, there were too many call arguments.
   5307     TDK_TooManyArguments,
   5308     /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
   5309     /// template, there were too few call arguments.
   5310     TDK_TooFewArguments,
   5311     /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
   5312     /// template arguments for the given template.
   5313     TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
   5314     /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could
   5315     /// not be resolved to a suitable function.
   5316     TDK_FailedOverloadResolution
   5317   };
   5318 
   5319   TemplateDeductionResult
   5320   DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
   5321                           const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   5322                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
   5323 
   5324   TemplateDeductionResult
   5325   SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
   5326                               TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
   5327                       SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
   5328                                  SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
   5329                                       QualType *FunctionType,
   5330                                       sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
   5331 
   5332   /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
   5333   // deduction for a call.
   5334   struct OriginalCallArg {
   5335     OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType,
   5336                     unsigned ArgIdx,
   5337                     QualType OriginalArgType)
   5338       : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
   5339         OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { }
   5340 
   5341     QualType OriginalParamType;
   5342     unsigned ArgIdx;
   5343     QualType OriginalArgType;
   5344   };
   5345 
   5346   TemplateDeductionResult
   5347   FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
   5348                       SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
   5349                                   unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified,
   5350                                   FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
   5351                                   sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
   5352            SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0);
   5353 
   5354   TemplateDeductionResult
   5355   DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
   5356                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
   5357                           llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   5358                           FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
   5359                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
   5360 
   5361   TemplateDeductionResult
   5362   DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
   5363                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
   5364                           QualType ArgFunctionType,
   5365                           FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
   5366                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
   5367 
   5368   TemplateDeductionResult
   5369   DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
   5370                           QualType ToType,
   5371                           CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
   5372                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
   5373 
   5374   TemplateDeductionResult
   5375   DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
   5376                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
   5377                           FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
   5378                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
   5379 
   5380   /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
   5381   enum DeduceAutoResult {
   5382     DAR_Succeeded,
   5383     DAR_Failed,
   5384     DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
   5385   };
   5386 
   5387   DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer,
   5388                                   TypeSourceInfo *&Result);
   5389   void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
   5390 
   5391   FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
   5392                                                    FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
   5393                                                    SourceLocation Loc,
   5394                                            TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
   5395                                                    unsigned NumCallArguments);
   5396   UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin,
   5397                                            UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
   5398                                            TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
   5399                                            unsigned NumCallArguments,
   5400                                            SourceLocation Loc,
   5401                                            const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
   5402                                            const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
   5403                                         const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
   5404                                         bool Complain = true,
   5405                                         QualType TargetType = QualType());
   5406 
   5407   ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
   5408   getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
   5409                                   ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
   5410                                   ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
   5411                                   SourceLocation Loc);
   5412 
   5413   void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   5414                                   bool OnlyDeduced,
   5415                                   unsigned Depth,
   5416                                   llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
   5417   void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
   5418                                      llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
   5419     return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
   5420   }
   5421   static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
   5422                                          FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
   5423                                          llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
   5424 
   5425   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   5426   // C++ Template Instantiation
   5427   //
   5428 
   5429   MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
   5430                                      const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0,
   5431                                                 bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
   5432                                                const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0);
   5433 
   5434   /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress.
   5435   struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation {
   5436     /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
   5437     enum InstantiationKind {
   5438       /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
   5439       /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
   5440       TemplateInstantiation,
   5441 
   5442       /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
   5443       /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and
   5444       /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template
   5445       /// arguments as specified.
   5446       /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList
   5447       DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
   5448 
   5449       /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
   5450       /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
   5451       /// provides the template arguments as specified.
   5452       DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
   5453 
   5454       /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
   5455       /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
   5456       ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
   5457 
   5458       /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
   5459       /// template argument deduction for either a class template
   5460       /// partial specialization or a function template. The
   5461       /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
   5462       /// a FunctionTemplateDecl.
   5463       DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
   5464 
   5465       /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
   5466       /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
   5467       /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
   5468       PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
   5469 
   5470       /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
   5471       /// has been used when naming a template-id.
   5472       DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
   5473 
   5474       /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
   5475       /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
   5476       ExceptionSpecInstantiation
   5477     } Kind;
   5478 
   5479     /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code.
   5480     SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
   5481 
   5482     /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
   5483     /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
   5484     /// arguments.
   5485     NamedDecl *Template;
   5486 
   5487     /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated.
   5488     uintptr_t Entity;
   5489 
   5490     /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
   5491     /// are not part of the entity.
   5492     const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
   5493 
   5494     /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
   5495     unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
   5496 
   5497     /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
   5498     /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
   5499     sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
   5500 
   5501     /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
   5502     /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
   5503     /// template instantiation.
   5504     SourceRange InstantiationRange;
   5505 
   5506     ActiveTemplateInstantiation()
   5507       : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0),
   5508         NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {}
   5509 
   5510     /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
   5511     /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
   5512     bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
   5513 
   5514     friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
   5515                            const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
   5516       if (X.Kind != Y.Kind)
   5517         return false;
   5518 
   5519       if (X.Entity != Y.Entity)
   5520         return false;
   5521 
   5522       switch (X.Kind) {
   5523       case TemplateInstantiation:
   5524       case ExceptionSpecInstantiation:
   5525         return true;
   5526 
   5527       case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
   5528       case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking:
   5529         if (X.Template != Y.Template)
   5530           return false;
   5531 
   5532         // Fall through
   5533 
   5534       case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation:
   5535       case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
   5536       case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
   5537       case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation:
   5538         return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
   5539 
   5540       }
   5541 
   5542       llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!");
   5543     }
   5544 
   5545     friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
   5546                            const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
   5547       return !(X == Y);
   5548     }
   5549   };
   5550 
   5551   /// \brief List of active template instantiations.
   5552   ///
   5553   /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation
   5554   /// requires another template instantiation, additional
   5555   /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a
   5556   /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth.
   5557   SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16>
   5558     ActiveTemplateInstantiations;
   5559 
   5560   /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
   5561   /// template instantiation.
   5562   ///
   5563   /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
   5564   /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
   5565   bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
   5566 
   5567   /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in
   5568   /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and,
   5569   /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth.
   5570   unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
   5571 
   5572   /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation
   5573   /// error or warning was produced.
   5574   ///
   5575   /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template
   5576   /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the
   5577   /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough
   5578   /// to implement it anywhere else.
   5579   ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext;
   5580 
   5581   /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
   5582   /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
   5583   ///
   5584   /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
   5585   /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
   5586   /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
   5587   int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
   5588 
   5589   /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
   5590   /// within a \c Sema object.
   5591   ///
   5592   /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
   5593   class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
   5594     Sema &Self;
   5595     int OldSubstitutionIndex;
   5596 
   5597   public:
   5598     ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
   5599       : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
   5600       Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
   5601     }
   5602 
   5603     ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
   5604       Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
   5605     }
   5606   };
   5607 
   5608   friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
   5609 
   5610   /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation.
   5611   ///
   5612   /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved
   5613   /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints.
   5614   SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation;
   5615 
   5616   /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
   5617   /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
   5618   /// deduction.
   5619   ///
   5620   /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
   5621   llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
   5622     SuppressedDiagnostics;
   5623 
   5624   /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
   5625   /// instantiation.
   5626   ///
   5627   /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
   5628   /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
   5629   /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
   5630   /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
   5631   /// produces an error and evaluates true.
   5632   ///
   5633   /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
   5634   /// the stack.
   5635   struct InstantiatingTemplate {
   5636     /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
   5637     /// function template, or a member thereof.
   5638     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   5639                           Decl *Entity,
   5640                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
   5641 
   5642     struct ExceptionSpecification {};
   5643     /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
   5644     /// of a function template.
   5645     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   5646                           FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
   5647                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
   5648 
   5649     /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
   5650     /// template-id.
   5651     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   5652                           TemplateDecl *Template,
   5653                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
   5654                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
   5655 
   5656     /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
   5657     /// template-id.
   5658     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   5659                           FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
   5660                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
   5661                           ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
   5662                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
   5663                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
   5664 
   5665     /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
   5666     /// argument deduction for a class template partial
   5667     /// specialization.
   5668     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   5669                           ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
   5670                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
   5671                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
   5672                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
   5673 
   5674     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   5675                           ParmVarDecl *Param,
   5676                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
   5677                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
   5678 
   5679     /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
   5680     /// non-type or template template parameter.
   5681     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   5682                           NamedDecl *Template,
   5683                           NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
   5684                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
   5685                           SourceRange InstantiationRange);
   5686 
   5687     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   5688                           NamedDecl *Template,
   5689                           TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
   5690                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
   5691                           SourceRange InstantiationRange);
   5692 
   5693     /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
   5694     /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
   5695     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   5696                           TemplateDecl *Template,
   5697                           NamedDecl *Param,
   5698                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
   5699                           SourceRange InstantiationRange);
   5700 
   5701 
   5702     /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
   5703     void Clear();
   5704 
   5705     ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
   5706 
   5707     /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
   5708     /// recursive template instantiations.
   5709     operator bool() const { return Invalid; }
   5710 
   5711   private:
   5712     Sema &SemaRef;
   5713     bool Invalid;
   5714     bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
   5715     bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   5716                                  SourceRange InstantiationRange);
   5717 
   5718     InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&); // not implemented
   5719 
   5720     InstantiatingTemplate&
   5721     operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&); // not implemented
   5722   };
   5723 
   5724   void PrintInstantiationStack();
   5725 
   5726   /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
   5727   /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
   5728   /// errors.
   5729   ///
   5730   /// \returns An empty \c llvm::Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
   5731   /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
   5732   /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
   5733   /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
   5734   llvm::Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
   5735 
   5736   /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
   5737   /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
   5738   bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
   5739     assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
   5740            "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
   5741     return ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Sema::Unevaluated;
   5742   }
   5743 
   5744   /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
   5745   /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
   5746   /// deduction.`
   5747   class SFINAETrap {
   5748     Sema &SemaRef;
   5749     unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
   5750     bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
   5751     bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
   5752 
   5753   public:
   5754     explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
   5755       : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
   5756         PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
   5757                                       SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
   5758         PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
   5759     {
   5760       if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
   5761         SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
   5762       SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
   5763     }
   5764 
   5765     ~SFINAETrap() {
   5766       SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
   5767       SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
   5768         = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
   5769       SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
   5770     }
   5771 
   5772     /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
   5773     bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
   5774       return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
   5775     }
   5776   };
   5777 
   5778   /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
   5779   /// variables.
   5780   LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
   5781 
   5782   /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
   5783   unsigned TyposCorrected;
   5784 
   5785   typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection>
   5786     UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap;
   5787 
   5788   /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified
   5789   /// name lookup.
   5790   ///
   5791   /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if
   5792   /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the
   5793   /// string represents a keyword.
   5794   UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected;
   5795 
   5796   /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
   5797   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
   5798 
   5799   /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
   5800   ///
   5801   /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
   5802   /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
   5803   /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
   5804   /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
   5805   /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
   5806   /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
   5807   typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
   5808 
   5809   /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
   5810   /// but have not yet been performed.
   5811   std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
   5812 
   5813   /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
   5814   /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
   5815   ///
   5816   /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
   5817   /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
   5818   /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
   5819   /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
   5820   std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
   5821 
   5822   void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
   5823 
   5824   TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
   5825                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   5826                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
   5827 
   5828   QualType SubstType(QualType T,
   5829                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   5830                      SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
   5831 
   5832   TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
   5833                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   5834                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
   5835 
   5836   TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
   5837                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   5838                                         SourceLocation Loc,
   5839                                         DeclarationName Entity,
   5840                                         CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
   5841                                         unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
   5842   ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
   5843                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   5844                                 int indexAdjustment,
   5845                                 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
   5846                                 bool ExpectParameterPack);
   5847   bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc,
   5848                       ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
   5849                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   5850                       SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
   5851                       SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0);
   5852   ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
   5853                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   5854 
   5855   /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
   5856   /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
   5857   ///
   5858   /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
   5859   ///
   5860   /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs.
   5861   ///
   5862   /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
   5863   /// default arguments will be dropped.
   5864   ///
   5865   /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
   5866   ///
   5867   /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
   5868   ///
   5869   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   5870   bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall,
   5871                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   5872                   SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
   5873 
   5874   StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
   5875                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   5876 
   5877   Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
   5878                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   5879 
   5880   ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
   5881                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   5882                        bool CXXDirectInit);
   5883 
   5884   bool
   5885   SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
   5886                       CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
   5887                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   5888 
   5889   bool
   5890   InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   5891                    CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
   5892                    const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   5893                    TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
   5894                    bool Complain = true);
   5895 
   5896   bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   5897                        EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
   5898                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   5899                        TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
   5900 
   5901   struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
   5902     const Attr *TmplAttr;
   5903     LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
   5904     Decl *NewDecl;
   5905 
   5906     LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
   5907                               Decl *D)
   5908       : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
   5909     { }
   5910   };
   5911   typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
   5912 
   5913   void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   5914                         const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
   5915                         LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0,
   5916                         LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0);
   5917 
   5918   bool
   5919   InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   5920                            ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
   5921                            TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
   5922                            bool Complain = true);
   5923 
   5924   void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   5925                                CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
   5926                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   5927                                TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
   5928 
   5929   void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
   5930                                           SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   5931                            ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
   5932                                                 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
   5933 
   5934   NestedNameSpecifierLoc
   5935   SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
   5936                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   5937 
   5938   DeclarationNameInfo
   5939   SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   5940                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   5941   TemplateName
   5942   SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
   5943                     SourceLocation Loc,
   5944                     const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   5945   bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
   5946              TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
   5947              const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   5948 
   5949   void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   5950                                 FunctionDecl *Function);
   5951   void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   5952                                      FunctionDecl *Function,
   5953                                      bool Recursive = false,
   5954                                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
   5955   void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
   5956                                      SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   5957                                      VarDecl *Var,
   5958                                      bool Recursive = false,
   5959                                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
   5960 
   5961   void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
   5962                                   const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
   5963                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   5964 
   5965   NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
   5966                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   5967   DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
   5968                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   5969 
   5970   // Objective-C declarations.
   5971   enum ObjCContainerKind {
   5972     OCK_None = -1,
   5973     OCK_Interface = 0,
   5974     OCK_Protocol,
   5975     OCK_Category,
   5976     OCK_ClassExtension,
   5977     OCK_Implementation,
   5978     OCK_CategoryImplementation
   5979   };
   5980   ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
   5981 
   5982   Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
   5983                                  IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
   5984                                  SourceLocation ClassLoc,
   5985                                  IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
   5986                                  SourceLocation SuperLoc,
   5987                                  Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
   5988                                  unsigned NumProtoRefs,
   5989                                  const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
   5990                                  SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
   5991                                  AttributeList *AttrList);
   5992 
   5993   Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
   5994                     SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
   5995                     IdentifierInfo *AliasName,  SourceLocation AliasLocation,
   5996                     IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
   5997 
   5998   bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
   5999     IdentifierInfo *PName,
   6000     SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
   6001     const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
   6002 
   6003   Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
   6004                     SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
   6005                     IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
   6006                     Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
   6007                     const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
   6008                     SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
   6009                     AttributeList *AttrList);
   6010 
   6011   Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
   6012                                     IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
   6013                                     SourceLocation ClassLoc,
   6014                                     IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
   6015                                     SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
   6016                                     Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
   6017                                     unsigned NumProtoRefs,
   6018                                     const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
   6019                                     SourceLocation EndProtoLoc);
   6020 
   6021   Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
   6022                     SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
   6023                     IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
   6024                     IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
   6025                     SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
   6026 
   6027   Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
   6028                                          IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
   6029                                          SourceLocation ClassLoc,
   6030                                          IdentifierInfo *CatName,
   6031                                          SourceLocation CatLoc);
   6032 
   6033   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
   6034                                                ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
   6035 
   6036   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
   6037                                      IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
   6038                                      SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
   6039                                      unsigned NumElts);
   6040 
   6041   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
   6042                                         const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList,
   6043                                         unsigned NumElts,
   6044                                         AttributeList *attrList);
   6045 
   6046   void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations,
   6047                                const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId,
   6048                                unsigned NumProtocols,
   6049                                SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
   6050 
   6051   /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
   6052   /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
   6053   /// be modified to be consistent with \arg PropertyTy.
   6054   void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
   6055                                    SourceLocation Loc,
   6056                                    unsigned &Attributes,
   6057                                    bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
   6058 
   6059   /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
   6060   /// setters and getters as needed.
   6061   /// \param property The property declaration being processed
   6062   /// \param CD The semantic container for the property
   6063   /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared
   6064   ///        in class extension.
   6065   /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty.
   6066   void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property,
   6067                            ObjCContainerDecl *CD,
   6068                            ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0,
   6069                            ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0);
   6070 
   6071 
   6072   void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
   6073                                 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
   6074                                 const IdentifierInfo *Name);
   6075   void ComparePropertiesInBaseAndSuper(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
   6076 
   6077 
   6078   void CompareProperties(Decl *CDecl, Decl *MergeProtocols);
   6079 
   6080   void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
   6081                                         ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
   6082 
   6083   void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl,
   6084                                          ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl);
   6085 
   6086   Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
   6087                    Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0,
   6088                    Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0,
   6089                    DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0);
   6090 
   6091   Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
   6092                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   6093                       FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
   6094                       Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
   6095                       bool *OverridingProperty,
   6096                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
   6097                       DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
   6098 
   6099   Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
   6100                               SourceLocation AtLoc,
   6101                               SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
   6102                               bool ImplKind,
   6103                               IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
   6104                               IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
   6105                               SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc);
   6106 
   6107   enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
   6108     OSMK_None,
   6109     OSMK_Alloc,
   6110     OSMK_New,
   6111     OSMK_Copy,
   6112     OSMK_RetainingInit,
   6113     OSMK_NonRetainingInit
   6114   };
   6115 
   6116   struct ObjCArgInfo {
   6117     IdentifierInfo *Name;
   6118     SourceLocation NameLoc;
   6119     // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
   6120     // in this case.
   6121     ParsedType Type;
   6122     ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
   6123 
   6124     /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
   6125     AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
   6126   };
   6127 
   6128   Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
   6129     Scope *S,
   6130     SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
   6131     SourceLocation EndLoc,   // location of the ; or {.
   6132     tok::TokenKind MethodType,
   6133     ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
   6134     ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
   6135     // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
   6136     // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
   6137     ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
   6138     DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
   6139     AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
   6140     bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
   6141 
   6142   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
   6143                                               const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
   6144                                               bool IsInstance);
   6145   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
   6146                                            bool IsInstance);
   6147 
   6148   bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
   6149 
   6150   ExprResult
   6151   HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
   6152                             Expr *BaseExpr,
   6153                             SourceLocation OpLoc,
   6154                             DeclarationName MemberName,
   6155                             SourceLocation MemberLoc,
   6156                             SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
   6157                             bool Super);
   6158 
   6159   ExprResult
   6160   ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
   6161                             IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
   6162                             SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
   6163                             SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
   6164 
   6165   ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
   6166 
   6167   /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
   6168   /// send that starts with an identifier.
   6169   enum ObjCMessageKind {
   6170     /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
   6171     ObjCSuperMessage,
   6172     /// \brief The message is an instance message.
   6173     ObjCInstanceMessage,
   6174     /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
   6175     /// name.
   6176     ObjCClassMessage
   6177   };
   6178 
   6179   ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
   6180                                      IdentifierInfo *Name,
   6181                                      SourceLocation NameLoc,
   6182                                      bool IsSuper,
   6183                                      bool HasTrailingDot,
   6184                                      ParsedType &ReceiverType);
   6185 
   6186   ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
   6187                                Selector Sel,
   6188                                SourceLocation LBracLoc,
   6189                                ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
   6190                                SourceLocation RBracLoc,
   6191                                MultiExprArg Args);
   6192 
   6193   ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
   6194                                QualType ReceiverType,
   6195                                SourceLocation SuperLoc,
   6196                                Selector Sel,
   6197                                ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
   6198                                SourceLocation LBracLoc,
   6199                                ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
   6200                                SourceLocation RBracLoc,
   6201                                MultiExprArg Args,
   6202                                bool isImplicit = false);
   6203 
   6204   ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
   6205                                        bool isSuperReceiver,
   6206                                        SourceLocation Loc,
   6207                                        Selector Sel,
   6208                                        ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
   6209                                        MultiExprArg Args);
   6210 
   6211   ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
   6212                                ParsedType Receiver,
   6213                                Selector Sel,
   6214                                SourceLocation LBracLoc,
   6215                                ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
   6216                                SourceLocation RBracLoc,
   6217                                MultiExprArg Args);
   6218 
   6219   ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
   6220                                   QualType ReceiverType,
   6221                                   SourceLocation SuperLoc,
   6222                                   Selector Sel,
   6223                                   ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
   6224                                   SourceLocation LBracLoc,
   6225                                   ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
   6226                                   SourceLocation RBracLoc,
   6227                                   MultiExprArg Args,
   6228                                   bool isImplicit = false);
   6229 
   6230   ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
   6231                                           QualType ReceiverType,
   6232                                           SourceLocation Loc,
   6233                                           Selector Sel,
   6234                                           ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
   6235                                           MultiExprArg Args);
   6236 
   6237   ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
   6238                                   Expr *Receiver,
   6239                                   Selector Sel,
   6240                                   SourceLocation LBracLoc,
   6241                                   ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
   6242                                   SourceLocation RBracLoc,
   6243                                   MultiExprArg Args);
   6244 
   6245   ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   6246                                   ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
   6247                                   SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
   6248                                   TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
   6249                                   Expr *SubExpr);
   6250 
   6251   ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
   6252                                   SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   6253                                   ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
   6254                                   SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
   6255                                   ParsedType Type,
   6256                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   6257                                   Expr *SubExpr);
   6258 
   6259   bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
   6260 
   6261   /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
   6262   /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
   6263   void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
   6264                                const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
   6265                                bool IsImplementation);
   6266 
   6267   /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
   6268   enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
   6269     RTC_Compatible,
   6270     RTC_Incompatible,
   6271     RTC_Unknown
   6272   };
   6273 
   6274   void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
   6275                                 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
   6276                                 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
   6277 
   6278   enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
   6279     POAK_Native,  // #pragma options align=native
   6280     POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
   6281     POAK_Packed,  // #pragma options align=packed
   6282     POAK_Power,   // #pragma options align=power
   6283     POAK_Mac68k,  // #pragma options align=mac68k
   6284     POAK_Reset    // #pragma options align=reset
   6285   };
   6286 
   6287   /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
   6288   void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
   6289                                SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
   6290                                SourceLocation KindLoc);
   6291 
   6292   enum PragmaPackKind {
   6293     PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n])
   6294     PPK_Show,    // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC.
   6295     PPK_Push,    // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n])
   6296     PPK_Pop      // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n])
   6297   };
   6298 
   6299   enum PragmaMSStructKind {
   6300     PMSST_OFF,  // #pragms ms_struct off
   6301     PMSST_ON    // #pragms ms_struct on
   6302   };
   6303 
   6304   /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
   6305   void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind,
   6306                        IdentifierInfo *Name,
   6307                        Expr *Alignment,
   6308                        SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
   6309                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   6310                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   6311 
   6312   /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
   6313   void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
   6314 
   6315   /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
   6316   void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
   6317                          Scope *curScope,
   6318                          SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
   6319 
   6320   /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
   6321   void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
   6322                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
   6323 
   6324   NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
   6325                                  SourceLocation Loc);
   6326   void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
   6327 
   6328   /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
   6329   void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
   6330                          SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
   6331                          SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
   6332 
   6333   /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
   6334   /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
   6335   void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
   6336                                   IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
   6337                                   SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
   6338                                   SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
   6339                                   SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
   6340 
   6341   /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
   6342   void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
   6343                             IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
   6344                             SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
   6345                             SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
   6346                             SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
   6347 
   6348   /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
   6349   /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT
   6350   void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS);
   6351 
   6352   /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
   6353   /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
   6354   void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
   6355 
   6356   /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
   6357   void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
   6358 
   6359   /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
   6360   void FreePackedContext();
   6361 
   6362   /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
   6363   /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
   6364   void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
   6365                                    SourceLocation Loc);
   6366 
   6367   /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
   6368   /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
   6369   void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
   6370 
   6371   /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
   6372   /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
   6373   void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
   6374 
   6375   /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
   6376   void FreeVisContext();
   6377 
   6378   /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
   6379   /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
   6380   /// the appropriate attribute.
   6381   void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
   6382 
   6383   /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
   6384   void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
   6385                       bool isDeclSpec);
   6386   void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
   6387                       bool isDeclSpec);
   6388 
   6389   /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
   6390   enum CheckedConversionKind {
   6391     /// \brief An implicit conversion.
   6392     CCK_ImplicitConversion,
   6393     /// \brief A C-style cast.
   6394     CCK_CStyleCast,
   6395     /// \brief A functional-style cast.
   6396     CCK_FunctionalCast,
   6397     /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
   6398     CCK_OtherCast
   6399   };
   6400 
   6401   /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
   6402   /// cast.  If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
   6403   /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
   6404   ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
   6405                                ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
   6406                                const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
   6407                                CheckedConversionKind CCK
   6408                                   = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
   6409 
   6410   /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
   6411   /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
   6412   static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
   6413 
   6414   /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
   6415   /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
   6416   /// required.
   6417   ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
   6418 
   6419   // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
   6420   // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
   6421   ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
   6422 
   6423   // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
   6424   // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
   6425   ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E);
   6426 
   6427   // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
   6428   // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
   6429   // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
   6430   ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
   6431 
   6432   // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
   6433   // the operand.  This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
   6434   // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
   6435   // type.
   6436   ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
   6437 
   6438   // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
   6439   // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
   6440   // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
   6441   ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
   6442 
   6443   // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
   6444   enum VariadicCallType {
   6445     VariadicFunction,
   6446     VariadicBlock,
   6447     VariadicMethod,
   6448     VariadicConstructor,
   6449     VariadicDoesNotApply
   6450   };
   6451 
   6452   VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
   6453                                        const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
   6454                                        Expr *Fn);
   6455 
   6456   // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
   6457   // vararg function.
   6458   enum VarArgKind {
   6459     VAK_Valid,
   6460     VAK_ValidInCXX11,
   6461     VAK_Invalid
   6462   };
   6463 
   6464   // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
   6465   VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
   6466 
   6467   /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
   6468   /// form of call prototypes.
   6469   bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
   6470                               FunctionDecl *FDecl,
   6471                               const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
   6472                               unsigned FirstProtoArg,
   6473                               Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
   6474                               SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
   6475                               VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
   6476                               bool AllowExplicit = false);
   6477 
   6478   // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
   6479   // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
   6480   ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
   6481                                               FunctionDecl *FDecl);
   6482 
   6483   /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
   6484   /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not.
   6485   bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
   6486 
   6487   // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
   6488   // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
   6489   // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
   6490   // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
   6491   // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
   6492   QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
   6493                                       bool IsCompAssign = false);
   6494 
   6495   /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
   6496   /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed.  These checks are
   6497   /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
   6498   /// function, argument passing, etc.  The query is phrased in terms of a
   6499   /// source and destination type.
   6500   enum AssignConvertType {
   6501     /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
   6502     Compatible,
   6503 
   6504     /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
   6505     /// accept as an extension.
   6506     PointerToInt,
   6507 
   6508     /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
   6509     /// accept as an extension.
   6510     IntToPointer,
   6511 
   6512     /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
   6513     /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
   6514     FunctionVoidPointer,
   6515 
   6516     /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
   6517     /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
   6518     IncompatiblePointer,
   6519 
   6520     /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which
   6521     /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
   6522     /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
   6523     /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
   6524     IncompatiblePointerSign,
   6525 
   6526     /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
   6527     /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
   6528     CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
   6529 
   6530     /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
   6531     /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
   6532     /// like address spaces.
   6533     IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
   6534 
   6535     /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
   6536     /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
   6537     /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
   6538     /// extension.
   6539     IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
   6540 
   6541     /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
   6542     /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
   6543     IncompatibleVectors,
   6544 
   6545     /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
   6546     /// pointer. We disallow this.
   6547     IntToBlockPointer,
   6548 
   6549     /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
   6550     /// pointers types that are not compatible.
   6551     IncompatibleBlockPointer,
   6552 
   6553     /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
   6554     /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
   6555     /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
   6556     IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
   6557 
   6558     /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
   6559     /// object with __weak qualifier.
   6560     IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
   6561 
   6562     /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
   6563     /// represent it in the AST.
   6564     Incompatible
   6565   };
   6566 
   6567   /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
   6568   /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy.  This returns true if the
   6569   /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
   6570   bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
   6571                                 SourceLocation Loc,
   6572                                 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
   6573                                 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
   6574                                 bool *Complained = 0);
   6575 
   6576   /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
   6577   /// integer not in the range of enum values.
   6578   void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
   6579                               Expr *SrcExpr);
   6580 
   6581   /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
   6582   /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
   6583   /// C99 6.5.16.
   6584   AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
   6585                                                QualType LHSType,
   6586                                                QualType RHSType);
   6587 
   6588   /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the
   6589   /// RHS to the LHS type.
   6590   AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
   6591                                                ExprResult &RHS,
   6592                                                CastKind &Kind);
   6593 
   6594   // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by
   6595   // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking,
   6596   // this routine performs the default function/array converions.
   6597   AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
   6598                                                      ExprResult &RHS,
   6599                                                      bool Diagnose = true);
   6600 
   6601   // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
   6602   // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
   6603   AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
   6604                                                              ExprResult &RHS);
   6605 
   6606   bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
   6607 
   6608   bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
   6609 
   6610   ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
   6611                                        AssignmentAction Action,
   6612                                        bool AllowExplicit = false);
   6613   ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
   6614                                        AssignmentAction Action,
   6615                                        bool AllowExplicit,
   6616                                        ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
   6617   ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
   6618                                        const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
   6619                                        AssignmentAction Action,
   6620                                        CheckedConversionKind CCK
   6621                                           = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
   6622   ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
   6623                                        const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
   6624                                        AssignmentAction Action,
   6625                                        CheckedConversionKind CCK);
   6626 
   6627   /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
   6628   /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
   6629 
   6630   /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
   6631   QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
   6632                            ExprResult &RHS);
   6633   QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
   6634     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
   6635     SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
   6636   QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
   6637     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
   6638     bool IsDivide);
   6639   QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
   6640     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
   6641     bool IsCompAssign = false);
   6642   QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
   6643     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
   6644     QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
   6645   QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
   6646     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
   6647     QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
   6648   QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
   6649     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
   6650     bool IsCompAssign = false);
   6651   QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
   6652     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc,
   6653                                 bool isRelational);
   6654   QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
   6655     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
   6656     bool IsCompAssign = false);
   6657   QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
   6658     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc);
   6659   // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
   6660   // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
   6661   // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
   6662   QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
   6663     Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
   6664 
   6665   ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
   6666                                      UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
   6667   ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
   6668                                          BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
   6669                                          Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
   6670   ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
   6671   Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
   6672 
   6673   QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
   6674     ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
   6675     ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
   6676   QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
   6677     ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
   6678     ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
   6679   QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
   6680                                     bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0);
   6681   QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
   6682                                     ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
   6683                                     bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) {
   6684     Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take();
   6685     QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp,
   6686                                                   NonStandardCompositeType);
   6687     E1 = Owned(E1Tmp);
   6688     E2 = Owned(E2Tmp);
   6689     return Composite;
   6690   }
   6691 
   6692   QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
   6693                                         SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
   6694 
   6695   bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
   6696                                   SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
   6697 
   6698   /// type checking for vector binary operators.
   6699   QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
   6700                                SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign);
   6701   QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
   6702   QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
   6703                                       SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
   6704   QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
   6705                                       SourceLocation Loc);
   6706 
   6707   /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
   6708   bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
   6709 
   6710   // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
   6711 
   6712   /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
   6713   /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
   6714   /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
   6715   enum ReferenceCompareResult {
   6716     /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
   6717     /// reference binding is not possible.
   6718     Ref_Incompatible = 0,
   6719     /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
   6720     /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
   6721     /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
   6722     Ref_Related,
   6723     /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are
   6724     /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that
   6725     /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1)
   6726     /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2).
   6727     Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification,
   6728     /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and
   6729     /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2).
   6730     Ref_Compatible
   6731   };
   6732 
   6733   ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
   6734                                                       QualType T1, QualType T2,
   6735                                                       bool &DerivedToBase,
   6736                                                       bool &ObjCConversion,
   6737                                                 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
   6738 
   6739   ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
   6740                                  Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
   6741                                  ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
   6742 
   6743   /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
   6744   /// given type.
   6745   ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
   6746 
   6747   // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
   6748   // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
   6749   // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
   6750   // returns true if the cast is invalid
   6751   bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
   6752                        CastKind &Kind);
   6753 
   6754   // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
   6755   // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
   6756   // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
   6757   // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
   6758   // returns the cast expr
   6759   ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
   6760                                 CastKind &Kind);
   6761 
   6762   ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   6763                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   6764                                         Expr *CastExpr,
   6765                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   6766 
   6767   enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged };
   6768 
   6769   /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
   6770   /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds.
   6771   ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
   6772                                              QualType castType, Expr *&op,
   6773                                              CheckedConversionKind CCK);
   6774 
   6775   Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
   6776   void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
   6777 
   6778   bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
   6779                                              QualType ExprType);
   6780 
   6781   /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
   6782   /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
   6783   void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
   6784   void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
   6785 
   6786   /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
   6787   /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
   6788   bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
   6789 
   6790   /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
   6791   /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
   6792   void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
   6793 
   6794   /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
   6795   /// \param Method - May be null.
   6796   /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
   6797   /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
   6798   bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
   6799                                  Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel,
   6800                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
   6801                                  ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
   6802                                  bool isSuperMessage,
   6803                                  SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
   6804                                  QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
   6805 
   6806   /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
   6807   /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
   6808   /// and the form of the message send.
   6809   QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
   6810                                     ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
   6811                                     bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
   6812 
   6813   /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
   6814   /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
   6815   void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
   6816 
   6817   /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
   6818   /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
   6819   /// statement).  Also performs the standard function and array
   6820   /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
   6821   ///
   6822   /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
   6823   /// 'if' keyword.
   6824   /// \return true iff there were any errors
   6825   ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
   6826 
   6827   ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
   6828                                    Expr *SubExpr);
   6829 
   6830   /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
   6831   /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
   6832   void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
   6833 
   6834   /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
   6835   /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
   6836   void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
   6837 
   6838   /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
   6839   ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr);
   6840 
   6841   /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
   6842   /// the specified width and sign.  If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
   6843   /// the specified diagnostic.
   6844   void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
   6845                                           unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
   6846                                           SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
   6847 
   6848   /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
   6849   /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
   6850   /// in the global scope.
   6851   bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
   6852 
   6853   /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
   6854   /// expression violations.
   6855   class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
   6856   public:
   6857     bool Suppress;
   6858 
   6859     VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
   6860 
   6861     virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
   6862     virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
   6863     virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
   6864   };
   6865 
   6866   /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
   6867   /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
   6868   /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
   6869   ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
   6870                                              VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
   6871                                              bool AllowFold = true);
   6872   ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
   6873                                              unsigned DiagID,
   6874                                              bool AllowFold = true);
   6875   ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0);
   6876 
   6877   /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
   6878   /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
   6879   /// Returns false on success.
   6880   /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
   6881   ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
   6882                             QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth,
   6883                             bool *ZeroWidth = 0);
   6884 
   6885   enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
   6886     CFT_Device,
   6887     CFT_Global,
   6888     CFT_Host,
   6889     CFT_HostDevice
   6890   };
   6891 
   6892   CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D);
   6893 
   6894   bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget,
   6895                        CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget);
   6896 
   6897   bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
   6898     return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller),
   6899                            IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee));
   6900   }
   6901 
   6902   /// \name Code completion
   6903   //@{
   6904   /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
   6905   enum ParserCompletionContext {
   6906     /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
   6907     PCC_Namespace,
   6908     /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
   6909     PCC_Class,
   6910     /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
   6911     /// or category.
   6912     PCC_ObjCInterface,
   6913     /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
   6914     /// category implementation
   6915     PCC_ObjCImplementation,
   6916     /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
   6917     /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
   6918     PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
   6919     /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
   6920     /// headers.
   6921     PCC_Template,
   6922     /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
   6923     /// headers within a class.
   6924     PCC_MemberTemplate,
   6925     /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
   6926     PCC_Expression,
   6927     /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
   6928     /// also be an expression or a declaration.
   6929     PCC_Statement,
   6930     /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
   6931     /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
   6932     PCC_ForInit,
   6933     /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
   6934     /// while, switch, or for statement.
   6935     PCC_Condition,
   6936     /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
   6937     /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
   6938     /// in the grammar.
   6939     PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
   6940     /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
   6941     PCC_Type,
   6942     /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
   6943     /// might also be a type cast.
   6944     PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
   6945     /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
   6946     /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
   6947     PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
   6948   };
   6949 
   6950   void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
   6951   void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
   6952                                 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
   6953   void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
   6954                             bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
   6955                             bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
   6956 
   6957   struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
   6958   void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
   6959                               const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
   6960   void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
   6961                                        SourceLocation OpLoc,
   6962                                        bool IsArrow);
   6963   void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
   6964   void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
   6965   void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
   6966   void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
   6967   void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
   6968   void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
   6969   void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
   6970   void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
   6971   void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
   6972 
   6973   void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   6974                                bool EnteringContext);
   6975   void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
   6976   void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
   6977   void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
   6978   void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
   6979   void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
   6980   void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor,
   6981                                           CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers,
   6982                                           unsigned NumInitializers);
   6983   void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
   6984                                     bool AfterAmpersand);
   6985 
   6986   void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
   6987   void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
   6988   void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
   6989   void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
   6990   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
   6991   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
   6992   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
   6993   void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
   6994                                    bool IsParameter);
   6995   void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
   6996   void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
   6997                                     IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
   6998                                     unsigned NumSelIdents,
   6999                                     bool AtArgumentExpression);
   7000   void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
   7001                                     IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
   7002                                     unsigned NumSelIdents,
   7003                                     bool AtArgumentExpression,
   7004                                     bool IsSuper = false);
   7005   void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
   7006                                        IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
   7007                                        unsigned NumSelIdents,
   7008                                        bool AtArgumentExpression,
   7009                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0);
   7010   void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
   7011                                      DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
   7012   void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
   7013                                 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
   7014                                 unsigned NumSelIdents);
   7015   void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols,
   7016                                           unsigned NumProtocols);
   7017   void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
   7018   void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
   7019   void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
   7020                                   IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
   7021                                   SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
   7022   void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
   7023   void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
   7024                                          IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
   7025                                          SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
   7026   void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
   7027                                               IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
   7028                                               SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
   7029   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
   7030   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
   7031                                               IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
   7032   void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
   7033                                   bool IsInstanceMethod,
   7034                                   ParsedType ReturnType);
   7035   void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
   7036                                           bool IsInstanceMethod,
   7037                                           bool AtParameterName,
   7038                                           ParsedType ReturnType,
   7039                                           IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
   7040                                           unsigned NumSelIdents);
   7041   void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
   7042   void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
   7043   void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
   7044   void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
   7045   void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
   7046                                              IdentifierInfo *Macro,
   7047                                              MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
   7048                                              unsigned Argument);
   7049   void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
   7050   void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
   7051                                    CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
   7052                   SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
   7053   //@}
   7054 
   7055   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   7056   // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
   7057 
   7058 public:
   7059   SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
   7060                                                 unsigned ByteNo) const;
   7061 
   7062 private:
   7063   void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
   7064                         const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0,
   7065                         bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
   7066   void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
   7067   // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
   7068   // FunctionDeclaration.
   7069   struct FormatStringInfo {
   7070     unsigned FormatIdx;
   7071     unsigned FirstDataArg;
   7072     bool HasVAListArg;
   7073   };
   7074 
   7075   bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
   7076                            FormatStringInfo *FSI);
   7077   bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
   7078                          const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
   7079   bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
   7080                            Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs);
   7081   bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
   7082                       const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
   7083   void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
   7084                             Expr **Args,
   7085                             unsigned NumArgs,
   7086                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
   7087                             SourceLocation Loc);
   7088 
   7089   void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
   7090                  unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction,
   7091                  SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
   7092                  VariadicCallType CallType);
   7093 
   7094 
   7095   bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
   7096 
   7097   ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
   7098   bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
   7099   bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
   7100 
   7101   bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
   7102   bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
   7103   bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
   7104 
   7105 public:
   7106   // Used by C++ template instantiation.
   7107   ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
   7108 
   7109 private:
   7110   bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
   7111   bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall);
   7112   bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
   7113   ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
   7114   ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
   7115                                      AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
   7116   bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
   7117                               llvm::APSInt &Result);
   7118 
   7119   enum FormatStringType {
   7120     FST_Scanf,
   7121     FST_Printf,
   7122     FST_NSString,
   7123     FST_Strftime,
   7124     FST_Strfmon,
   7125     FST_Kprintf,
   7126     FST_Unknown
   7127   };
   7128   static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
   7129 
   7130   enum StringLiteralCheckType {
   7131     SLCT_NotALiteral,
   7132     SLCT_UncheckedLiteral,
   7133     SLCT_CheckedLiteral
   7134   };
   7135 
   7136   StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E,
   7137                                                Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
   7138                                                bool HasVAListArg,
   7139                                                unsigned format_idx,
   7140                                                unsigned firstDataArg,
   7141                                                FormatStringType Type,
   7142                                                VariadicCallType CallType,
   7143                                                bool inFunctionCall = true);
   7144 
   7145   void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
   7146                          Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, bool HasVAListArg,
   7147                          unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
   7148                          FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall,
   7149                          VariadicCallType CallType);
   7150 
   7151   bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, Expr **Args,
   7152                             unsigned NumArgs, bool IsCXXMember,
   7153                             VariadicCallType CallType,
   7154                             SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range);
   7155   bool CheckFormatArguments(Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
   7156                             bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
   7157                             unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
   7158                             VariadicCallType CallType,
   7159                             SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range);
   7160 
   7161   void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull,
   7162                              const Expr * const *ExprArgs,
   7163                              SourceLocation CallSiteLoc);
   7164 
   7165   void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
   7166                                unsigned BId,
   7167                                IdentifierInfo *FnName);
   7168 
   7169   void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
   7170                                 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
   7171 
   7172   void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
   7173                              IdentifierInfo *FnName);
   7174 
   7175   void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
   7176                             SourceLocation ReturnLoc);
   7177   void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
   7178   void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
   7179 
   7180   void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
   7181                                    Expr *Init);
   7182 
   7183 public:
   7184   /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
   7185   void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
   7186                                   uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
   7187                                   bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
   7188 
   7189   struct TypeTagData {
   7190     TypeTagData() {}
   7191 
   7192     TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
   7193         Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
   7194         MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
   7195     {}
   7196 
   7197     QualType Type;
   7198 
   7199     /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
   7200     /// layout-compatibility.
   7201     unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
   7202     unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
   7203   };
   7204 
   7205   /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value.  This uniquely
   7206   /// identifies the magic value.
   7207   typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
   7208 
   7209 private:
   7210   /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
   7211   OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> >
   7212       TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
   7213 
   7214   /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
   7215   /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
   7216   void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
   7217                                 const Expr * const *ExprArgs);
   7218 
   7219   /// \brief The parser's current scope.
   7220   ///
   7221   /// The parser maintains this state here.
   7222   Scope *CurScope;
   7223 
   7224 protected:
   7225   friend class Parser;
   7226   friend class InitializationSequence;
   7227   friend class ASTReader;
   7228   friend class ASTWriter;
   7229 
   7230 public:
   7231   /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
   7232   ///
   7233   /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
   7234   /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
   7235   /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
   7236   /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
   7237   /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
   7238   /// template substitution or instantiation.
   7239   Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
   7240 
   7241   Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
   7242 
   7243   DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
   7244     return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
   7245   }
   7246 
   7247   AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const;
   7248 
   7249   const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
   7250     const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
   7251     // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
   7252     if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
   7253       DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
   7254     return DC;
   7255   }
   7256 };
   7257 
   7258 /// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
   7259 class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
   7260   Sema &Actions;
   7261 
   7262 public:
   7263   EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
   7264                                    Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
   7265                                    Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
   7266                                    bool IsDecltype = false)
   7267     : Actions(Actions) {
   7268     Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
   7269                                             IsDecltype);
   7270   }
   7271 
   7272   ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
   7273     Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
   7274   }
   7275 };
   7276 
   7277 }  // end namespace clang
   7278 
   7279 #endif
   7280